Sony DCR-PC7E User Manual

Download

Page 1

3-858-174-12 (1)

Digital Video Camera Recorder

Operating Instructions

Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly, and retain it for future reference.

азлнкмдсаь ий щдлигмДнДсаа

иВ В‰ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛВИ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ‡ ‚МЛП‡ЪВО¸МУ Ф У˜ЪЛЪВ, ФУК‡ОЫИТЪ‡, ‰‡ММУВ ЫНУ‚У‰ТЪ‚У Л ТУı ‡МﬂИЪВ В„У ‰Оﬂ ‰‡О¸МВИ¯Лı ТФ ‡‚УН.

DCR-PC7E

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 2

English

кЫТТНЛИ

WARNING

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the unit to rain or moisture. To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.

NOTICE FOR CUSTOMERS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM

A moulded plug complying with BS 1363 is fitted to this equipment for your safety and convenience.

Should the fuse in the plug supplied need to be replaced, a 5 AMP fuse approved by ASTA or BSI to BS 1362, (i.e. marked with 2 or @ mark) must be used.

If the plug supplied with this equipment has a detachable fuse cover, be sure to attach the fuse cover after you change the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover. If you should lose the fuse cover, please contact your nearest Sony service station.

икЦСмикЦЬСЦзаЦ

СОﬂ Ф В‰УЪ‚ ‡˘ВМЛﬂ ‚УБ„У ‡МЛﬂ ЛОЛ УФ‡ТМУТЪЛ ˝ОВНЪЛ˜ВТНУ„У Ы‰‡ ‡ МВ ‚˚ТЪ‡‚ОﬂИЪВ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ М‡ ‰УК‰¸ ЛОЛ ‚О‡„Ы. ЗУ ЛБ·ВК‡МЛВ ФУ ‡КВМЛﬂ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНЛП ЪУНУП МВ УЪН ˚‚‡ИЪВ НУ ФЫТ. б‡ У·ТОЫКЛ‚‡МЛВП У· ‡˘‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ЪУО¸НУ Н Н‚‡ОЛЩЛˆЛ У‚‡ММУПЫ У·ТОЫКЛ‚‡˛˘ВПЫ ФВ ТУМ‡ОЫ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 3

Table of contents

й„О‡‚ОВМЛВ

Before you begin

Using this manual 4 Checking supplied accessories 6

Getting started

Charging and installing the battery pack 7 Inserting a cassette 11

Basic operations

Camera recording 12

Using the zoom feature 15

Shooting with the LCD screen 16 Hints for better shooting 19 Playing back a tape 21 Searching for the end of the picture 24

Advanced operations

Using alternative power sources 25

Using the mains 25 Changing the mode settings 28

—for camera recording—

Letting the subject monitor the shot 32 Shooting scenery in several short takes 33 Fade-in and fade-out 34 Using the wide mode function 35 Photo recording 36 Releasing the SteadyShot function 38 Using the PROGRAM AE function 40 Focusing manually 42 Adjusting the white balance 44 Locking the exposure 46

—for playing back/editing—

Watching on a TV screen 47 Displaying recording data – data code function 49 Returning to a pre-registered position 50 Locating the beginning of each scene 51 Editing onto another tape 52 Audio dubbing 55

Additional Information

Charging the vanadium-lithium battery in the

camcorder 57 Resetting the date and time 58 Usable cassettes and playback modes 60 Tips for using the battery pack 62 Maintenance information and precautions 66 Using your camcorder abroad 70 Trouble check 71 Specifications 79 Identifying the parts 81 Warning indicators 91 Index Back cover

иВ В‰ М‡˜ОУП ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ‰‡ММУ„У ЫНУ‚У‰ТЪ‚‡ 4 и У‚В Н‡ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚ı Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪВИ 6

иУ‰„УЪУ‚Н‡ Н ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ 7 ÇÒÚ‡‚Í‡ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ 11

éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚ 12

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ М‡ВБ‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ 15

л˙ВПН‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС 16 лУ‚ВЪ˚ ‰Оﬂ ОЫ˜¯ВИ Т˙ВПНЛ 19 ЗУТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВ ОВМЪ˚ 21 иУЛТН НУМˆ‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ 24

ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ‡О¸ЪВ М‡ЪЛ‚М˚ı ЛТЪУ˜МЛНУ‚

ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ 25

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ 25 аБПВМВМЛВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚УН ВКЛПУ‚ 28

—ÑÎﬂ Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚—

ЗУБПУКМУТЪ¸ ‰Оﬂ ТМЛП‡ВПУ„У ˜ВОУ‚ВН‡

М‡·О˛‰‡Ъ¸ Т˙ВПНЫ 32 л˙ВПН‡ ФВИБ‡К‡ Б‡ МВТНУО¸НУ НУ УЪНЛı

Ф ЛВПУ‚ 33 З‚В‰ВМЛВ Л ‚˚‚В‰ВМЛВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ 34 аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУ„У

ВКЛП‡ 35 б‡ФЛТ¸ ЩУЪУ„‡ЩЛИ 36 йЪНО˛˜ВМЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ STEADYSHOT 38 аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ PROGRAM AE 40 кЫ˜М‡ﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚Н‡ 42 кВ„ЫОЛ У‚Н‡ ·‡О‡МТ‡ ·ВОУ„У 44 оЛНТЛ У‚‡МЛВ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ 46

—ÑÎﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ/ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê‡—

и УТПУЪ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡ 47 йЪУ· ‡КВМЛВ ‰‡ММ˚ı Б‡ФЛТЛ -– ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ НУ‰‡

‰‡ÌÌ˚ı 49

ÇÓÁ‚ ‡Ú Í Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ Á‡ Â„ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÈ

ФУБЛˆЛЛ 50 й·М‡ ЫКВМЛВ М‡˜‡О‡ Н‡К‰УИ ТˆВМ˚ 51 еУМЪ‡К М‡ ‰ Ы„Ы˛ ОВМЪЫ 52 иВ ВБ‡ФЛТ¸ Б‚ЫНУ‚У„У ТУФУ‚УК‰ВМЛﬂ 55

СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚УИ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ ‚

‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В 57 мТЪ‡МУ‚Н‡ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ 58 аТФУО¸БЫВП˚В Н‡ТТВЪ˚ Л ВКЛП˚

‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ 60 лУ‚ВЪ˚ ФУ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛ˛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ÎÓÍ‡ 62

àÌÙÓ Ï‡ˆËﬂ ÔÓ ÛıÓ‰Û Á‡ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÓÏ Ë

ФВ‰УТЪУУКМУТЪЛ 66 аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Б‡

„ ‡МЛˆВИ 70 и У‚В Н‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪВИ 75 нВıМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ı‡ ‡НЪВ ЛТЪЛНЛ 80 йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ 81 и В‰ЫФ ВК‰‡˛˘ЛВ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ 91 ÄÎÙ‡‚ËÚÌ˚È ÛÍ‡Á‡ÚÂÎ¸ á‡‰Ìﬂﬂ Ó·ÎÓÊÍ‡

Before you begin / èÂ В‰ М‡˜‡ОУП ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 4

Before you begin

иВ В‰ М‡˜‡ОУП ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

Using this manual

Welcome !

Congratulations on your purchase of this Sony Handycam Vision camcorder. With your Handycam Vision, you can capture life’s precious moments with superior picture and sound quality. Your Handycam Vision is loaded with advanced features, but at the same time it is very easy to use. You will soon be producing home video that you can enjoy for years to come.

As you read through this manual, buttons and settings on the camcorder are shown in capital letters. e.g., Set the POWER switch to CAMERA. As indicated with in the illustrations, you can hear the beep sound to confirm your operation.

Note on TV colour systems

TV colour systems differ from country to country. To view your recordings on a TV, you need an PAL system-based TV.

Precaution on copyright

Television programmes, films, video tapes, and other materials may be copyrighted. Unauthorized recording of such materials may be contrary to the provision of the copyright laws.

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ‰‡ММУ„У ЫНУ‚У‰ТЪ‚‡

ÑÓ· Ó ÔÓÊ‡ÎÓ‚‡Ú¸ !

иУБ‰ ‡‚ОﬂВП З‡Т Т Ф ЛУ· ВЪВМЛВП ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Handycam Vision ЩЛ П˚ Sony. л ФУПУ˘¸˛ З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Handycam З˚ ТПУКВЪВ Б‡ФВ˜‡ЪОВЪ¸ ‰У У„ЛВ З‡П П„МУ‚ВМЛﬂ КЛБМЛ Т Ф В‚УТıУ‰М˚П Н‡˜ВТЪ‚УП ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ Л Б‚ЫН‡. З‡¯‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ Handycam Vision УТМ‡˘ВМ‡ ЫТУ‚В ¯ВМТЪ‚У‚‡ММ˚ПЛ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂПЛ, МУ ‚ ЪУ КВ ‚ ВПﬂ ВВ У˜ВМ¸ ОВ„НУ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸. ЗТНУ В З˚ ·Ы‰ВЪВ ТУБ‰‡‚‡Ъ¸ ТВПВИМ˚В ‚Л‰ВУФ У„ ‡ПП˚, НУЪУ ˚ПЛ ТПУКВЪВ М‡ТО‡К‰‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ФУТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛВ „У‰˚.

дУ„‰‡ З˚ ·Ы‰ВЪВ ˜ЛЪ‡Ъ¸ ‰‡ММУВ ЫНУ‚У‰ТЪ‚У, Ы˜ЛЪ˚‚‡ИЪВ, ˜ЪУ НМУФНЛ Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ФУН‡Б‡М˚ Б‡„О‡‚М˚ПЛ ·ЫН‚‡ПЛ. и ЛП. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA. ЦТОЛ М‡ ЛТЫМН‡ı ЫН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪТﬂ БМ‡Н , ЪУ З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТОЫ¯‡Ъ¸ БЫППВ М˚И Б‚ЫНУ‚УИ ТЛ„М‡О ‰Оﬂ ФУ‰Ъ‚В К‰ВМЛﬂ З‡¯ВИ ‡·УЪ˚.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ТЛТЪВП‡П ˆ‚ВЪМУ„У ЪВОВ‚Л‰ВМЛﬂ

лЛТЪВП˚ ˆ‚ВЪМУ„У ЪВОВ‚Л‰ВМЛﬂ УЪОЛ˜‡˛ЪТﬂ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ТЪ ‡М˚. СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ З‡¯Лı Б‡ФЛТВИ ФУ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы З‡П МВУ·ıУ‰ЛПУ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ , УТМУ‚‡ММ˚И М‡ ТЛТЪВПВ PAL.



и В‰УТЪВ ВКВМЛВ У· ‡‚ЪУ ТНУП Ф ‡‚В

нВОВ‚ЛБЛУММ˚В Ф У„ ‡ПП˚, НЛМУЩЛО¸П˚, ‚Л‰ВУОВМЪ˚ Л ‰ Ы„ЛВ П‡ЪВ Л‡О˚ ПУ„ЫЪ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡˘Л˘ВМ˚ ‡‚ЪУ ТНЛП Ф ‡‚УП. зВФ ‡‚УПУ˜М‡ﬂ Б‡ФЛТ¸ Ъ‡НЛı П‡ЪВ Л‡ОУ‚ ПУКВЪ Ф УЪЛ‚У В˜ЛЪ¸ ЫТОУ‚ЛﬂП Б‡НУМ‡ У· ‡‚ЪУ ТНУП Ф ‡‚В.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 5

Precautions on camcorder care

• Do not let sand get into the camcorder. When you use the camcorder on a sandy beach or in a dusty place, protect it from the sand or dust. Sand or dust may cause the unit to malfunction, and sometimes this malfunction cannot be repaired [a].

• Do not let the camcorder get wet. Keep the camcorder away from rain and sea water. Letting the camcorder get wet may cause the unit to malfunction, and sometimes this malfunction cannot be repaired [b].

• Never leave the camcorder exposed to temperatures above 60°C (140°F), such as in a car parked in the sun or under direct sunlight [c].

иВ‰УТЪУ УКМУТЪЛ ФУ ЫıУ‰Ы Б‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ

• зВ ФУБ‚УОﬂИЪВ ФВТНЫ ФУФ‡ТЪ¸ ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы. ЦТОЛ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы М‡ ФВТ˜‡МУП ФОﬂКВ ЛОЛ ‚ Ф˚О¸МУП ПВТЪВ, Ф В‰Уı ‡МﬂИЪВ ВВ УЪ ФВТН‡ ЛОЛ Ф˚ОЛ. иВТУН ЛОЛ Ф˚О¸ ПУ„ЫЪ ‚˚Б‚‡Ъ¸ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ‡, Л ‚ МВНУЪУ ˚ı ТОЫ˜‡ﬂı ˝Ъ‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸ МВ ФУ‰ОВКЛЪ ВПУМЪЫ [a].

• зВ ФУБ‚УОﬂИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ‰ВО‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ‚О‡КМУИ. и В‰Уı ‡МﬂИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы УЪ ‰УК‰ﬂ ЛОЛ ПУ ТНУИ ‚У‰˚. ЦТОЛ З˚ М‡ПУ˜ЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, ЪУ ˝ЪУ ПУКВЪ ‚˚Б‚‡Ъ¸ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ‡, Л ‚ МВНУЪУ ˚ı ТОЫ˜‡ﬂı ˝Ъ‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸ МВ ФУ‰ОВКЛЪ ВПУМЪЫ [b].

• зЛНУ„‰‡ МВ УТЪ‡‚ОﬂИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ПВТЪВ Т ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ УИ Т‚˚¯В 60°л (140°F), Н‡Н М‡Ф ЛПВ , ‚ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛОВ, УТЪ‡МУ‚ОВММУП М‡ ТУОМˆВ ЛОЛ ФУ‰ Ф ﬂП˚ПЛ ТУОМВ˜М˚ПЛ ОЫ˜‡ПЛ [c].

[a] [b] [c]

Before you begin / иВ В‰ М‡˜‡ОУП ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

Note on the colour viewfinder and the LCD screen

The colour viewfinder and the LCD screen are made with high-precision technology. However, black points or bright points of light (red, blue, or green) may appear constantly on the colour viewfinder or the LCD screen. These points are not recorded on the tape. This is not a malfunction. (Effective dots: more than 99.99%)

Contents of the recording cannot be compensated if recording or playback is not made due to a malfunction of the camcorder, video tape, etc.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ˆ‚ВЪМУПЫ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВО˛ Л ˝Н ‡МЫ ЬдС с‚ВЪМУИ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ Л ˝Н ‡М ЬдС ‚˚ФУОМВМ˚ Т Ф ЛПВМВМЛВП ‚˚ТУНУФ ВˆЛБЛУММУИ ЪВıМУОУ„ЛЛ. й‰М‡НУ, ˜В М˚В ЪУ˜НЛ ЛОЛ ﬂ НЛВ ЪУ˜НЛ Т‚ВЪ‡ (Н ‡ТМ˚В, ТЛМЛВ ЛОЛ БВОВМ˚В) ПУ„ЫЪ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂЪ¸Тﬂ ‚ ˆ‚ВЪМУП ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ЛОЛ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС. щЪЛ ЪУ˜НЛ МВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡˛ЪТﬂ М‡ ОВМЪЫ. щЪУ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸˛. (щЩЩВНЪЛ‚М˚В ˝ОВПВМЪ˚ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ:

·ÓÎÂÂ 99,99%).

лУ‰В КЛПУВ Б‡ФЛТЛ МВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ НУПФВМТЛ У‚‡МУ, ВТОЛ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ЛОЛ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВ МВ ‚˚ФУОМﬂВЪТﬂ ‚ТОВ‰ТЪ‚ЛВ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚, ‚Л‰ВУОВМЪ˚ Л Ъ.‰.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 6

Checking supplied accessories

и У‚В Н‡ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚ı Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪВИ

Check that the following accessories are supplied with your camcorder.

и У‚В ¸ЪВ, ˜ЪУ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛВ Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪЛ Ф ЛО‡„‡˛ЪТﬂ Н З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В.

123

7869

1 Wireless Remote Commander (1) (p. 85)

2 NP-F100 battery pack (1) (p. 7)

3 AC-V100 AC power adaptor (1) (p. 7, 25)

The shape of the plug varies from region to region.

4 R6 (size AA) battery for Remote

Commander (2) (p. 86)

5 S video connecting cable (1) (p. 47, 53)

6 A/V connecting cable (1) (p. 47, 53)

7 DK-626 connecting cord (1) (p. 25)

8 21-pin adaptor (1) (p. 48)

9 Battery terminal cover (1) (p. 10)

1 ЕВТФ У‚У‰М˚И ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У

ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ (1) (ÒÚ . 85)

2 Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F100 (1) (ÒÚ . 7) 3 ëÂÚÂ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡ AC-V100 (1)

(ТЪ . 7, 25) оУ П‡ ¯ЪВФТВО¸МУИ ‚ЛОНЛ ‡БОЛ˜‡ВЪТﬂ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ В„ЛУМ‡ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ.

4 Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍ‡ R6 ( ‡ÁÏÂ ÓÏ ÄÄ) ‰Îﬂ ÔÛÎ¸Ú‡

‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ (2) (ТЪ . 86)

5 лУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И Н‡·ВО¸ S-‚Л‰ВУ (1)

(ÒÚ . 47, 53)

6 лУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И Н‡·ВО¸ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ

(1) (ÒÚ . 47, 53)

7 лУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ¯МЫ DK-626 (1)

(ÒÚ . 25)

8 21-¯Ú˚ ¸ÍÓ‚˚È ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ (1) (ÒÚ . 48) 9 ä ˚¯Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚ı ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚ (1) (ÒÚ .

10)

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 7

Getting started

иУ‰„УЪУ‚Н‡ Н ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

Charging and installing the battery pack

Before using your camcorder, you first need to charge and install the battery pack. To charge the battery pack, use the supplied AC power adaptor. This camcorder operates with the NP-F100/NPF200 “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack.

“InfoLITHIUM” is a trademark of Sony Corporation.

Charging the battery pack

(1)Connect the mains lead to the AC power

adaptor.

(2)Align the hooks of the battery pack with the

AC power adaptor. Then fit the battery pack in the direction of the arrow.

(3)Connect the mains lead to mains. The

CHARGE lamp (orange) lights up. Charging begins.

When the CHARGE lamp goes out, normal charge is completed (Normal charge). For a full charge, which allows you to use the battery longer than usual, leave the battery pack in place for approximately one hour (Full charge). Unplug the cord from the mains, then remove the battery pack and install it into the camcorder. You can also use the battery pack before it is completely charged.

á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

иВ В‰ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ З‡П МЫКМУ ТФВ ‚‡ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛЪ¸ Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪ¸

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. ÑÎﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó

·ОУН‡ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ТВЪВ‚УИ

‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВПВММУ„У ЪУН‡. С‡ММ‡ﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ УЪ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ “InfoLITHIUM” NP-F100/

NP-F200. “InfoLITHIUM” ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÚÓ‚‡ Ì˚Ï ÁÌ‡ÍÓÏ

äÓ ÔÓ ‡ˆËË Sony.

á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

(1)иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ФУ‚У‰ Н ТВЪВ‚УПЫ

‡‰‡ÔÚÂ Û ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡.

(2)б‡ˆВФЛЪВ Н ˛˜НЛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ Б‡

Б‡ı‚‡Ъ˚ ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВПВММУ„У ЪУН‡. б‡ЪВП ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН М‡ ТВЪВ‚УИ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВПВММУ„У ЪУН‡ ‚ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ, ЫН‡Б‡ММУП ТЪ ВОНУИ.

(3)иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ¯МЫ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ Н

˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ. г‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE (У ‡МКВ‚‡ﬂ) ·Ы‰ВЪ

„У ВЪ¸. б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ М‡˜‡О‡Т¸. дУ„‰‡ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ФУ„‡ТМВЪ, МУ П‡О¸М‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ Б‡‚В ¯ВМ‡ (МУ П‡О¸М‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ). СОﬂ ФУОМУИ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ, НУЪУ ‡ﬂ ФУБ‚УОﬂВЪ З‡П ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‰УО¸¯В, ˜ВП У·˚˜МУ УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН М‡ ПВТЪВ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ У‰ЛМ ˜‡Т (ФУОМ‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ). йЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ¯МЫ УЪ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ. ‡ Б‡ЪВП ТМЛПЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы. З˚ Ъ‡НКВ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ‰У ЪУ„У, Н‡Н УМ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛЪТﬂ.

Getting started / иУ‰„УЪУ‚Н‡ Н ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

Continued to the next page

CHARGE

è Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 8

Charging and installing the battery pack

á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

Charging time

Battery pack Charging time *

NP-F100 (supplied) 130 (70)

NP-F200 170 (110)

Numbers in parentheses indicate the time for a normal charge. (Normal charge) * Approximate number of minutes to charge an

empty battery pack fully using the supplied AC power adaptor. (Full charge) (Lower temperatures require a longer charging time.)

Battery life

While using with viewfinder

Battery Continuous Typical pack recording recording

time ** time ***

NP-F100 55 (45) 30 (25) (supplied)

NP-F200 100 (85) 50 (45)

While using with LCD

Battery Continuous Typical Playing pack recording recording time

time ** time *** with

NP-F100 45 (40) 25 (20) 50 (45) (supplied)

NP-F200 75 (70) 40 (35) 90 (80)

Numbers in parentheses indicate the time when you use a normal charged battery pack. When using both the viewfinder and the LCD screen, the battery life is shorter. When recording in a cold environment, the battery life is shorter ** Approximate number of minutes to record at

normal temperature

*** Approximate number of minutes when

recording with repeated recording start/stop, standby, zooming and turning the power on/ off. The actual battery life may be shorter.

Note on remaining battery time indication during recording

Remaining battery time is displayed on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. It may not be displayed properly, however, depending on the conditions and circumstances of use.

LCD

Ç ÂÏﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÇÂÏﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË*

NP-F100 (Ô ËÎ‡„‡ÂÚÒﬂ) 130 (70) NP-F200 170 (110)

óËÒÎ‡ ‚ ÒÍÓ·Í‡ı ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡˛Ú ‚ ÂÏﬂ ‰Îﬂ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË. ( çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡ﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ ) *

и Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ ‚ ПЛМЫЪ‡ı ‰Оﬂ ФУОМУИ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ ‡Б ﬂКВММУ„У ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡. ( иУОМ‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ) (и Л

·УОВВ МЛБНЛı ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ı ФУЪ В·ЫВЪТﬂ ·УОВВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ.)

ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И Ç ÂÏﬂ ÌÂ- Ç ÂÏ ﬂ

·ÎÓÍ ÔÂ˚‚ÌÓÈ ÚËÔË˜ÌÓÈ

NP-F100 55 (45) 30 (25) (Ô ËÎ‡„‡ÂÚÒﬂ)

NP-F200 100 (85) 50 (45)

и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ЬдС Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И З ВПﬂ МВ- Ç Â Ïﬂ Ç ÂÏﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ Ó-

·ÎÓÍ Ô Â˚‚ÌÓÈ ÚËÔË˜ÌÓÈ ËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ Ò

NP-F100 45 (40) 25 (20) 50 (45) (Ô ËÎ‡„‡ÂÚÒﬂ)

NP-F200 75 (70) 40 (35) 90 (80)

уЛТО‡ ‚ ТНУ·Н‡ı ЫН‡Б˚‚‡˛Ъ НУОЛ˜ВТЪ‚У ПЛМЫЪ, НУ„‰‡ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ МУ П‡О¸МУ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚И ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ Л ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ Л ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС Т УН ТОЫК·˚ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡

·В‰ВЪ НУ У˜В. и Л Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ ıУОУ‰М˚ı ЫТОУ‚Лﬂı Т УН ТОЫК·˚ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ НУ У˜В. ** и Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ Ф Л

МУ П‡О¸МУИ ЪВФПВ ‡ЪЫ В.

***

и Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ ‚ ПЛМЫЪ‡ı Ф Л Б‡ФЛТЛ Т ФУ‚ЪУ М˚П М‡˜‡ОУП/УТЪ‡МУ‚УП Б‡ФЛТЛ, ВКЛПУП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ, М‡ВБ‰УП ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Л ‚НО˛˜ВМЛВП/‚˚НО˛˜ВМЛВП ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ. о‡НЪЛ˜ВТНЛИ Т УН ТОЫК·˚ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ НУ У˜В.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ЫН‡Б‡МЛ˛ УТЪ‡‚¯В„УТﬂ ‚ ВПВМЛ ‡·УЪ˚ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ. йТЪ‡‚¯ВВТﬂ ‚ ВПﬂ ‡·УЪ˚ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ УЪУ· ‡К‡ВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ. йМУ ПУКВЪ МВ УЪУ· ‡К‡Ъ¸Тﬂ Ф ‡‚ЛО¸МУ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ЫТОУ‚ЛИ Л У·ТЪУﬂЪВО¸ТЪ‚ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ.

Á‡ÔËÒË ** Á‡ÔËÒË ***

Á‡ÔËÒË ** Á‡ÔËÒË *** ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

ÜäÑ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 9

To remove the battery pack

While holding the battery pack firmly, press the button on the AC power adpator and take out the battery pack in the direction of the arrow.

СОﬂ ТМﬂЪЛﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ з‡‰ВКМУ Ы‰В КЛ‚‡ﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН, М‡КПЛЪВ М‡ МЛКМ˛˛ ˜‡ТЪ¸ ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВПВММУ„У ЪУН‡ Л ТМЛПЛЪВ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ‚ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ ТЪ ВОНЛ.

Getting started / иУ‰„УЪУ‚Н‡ Н ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

When removing the battery pack

Be careful not to drop it.

Notes on charging the battery pack

•The CHARGE lamp will remain lit for a while even if the battery pack is removed and the mains lead is unplugged after charging the battery pack. This is normal.

•If the CHARGE lamp does not light, disconnect the mains lead. After about one minute, reconnect the mains lead again.

•You cannot charge the battery pack while operating the camcorder using the AC power adaptor.

•When a fully charged battery pack is installed, the CHARGE lamp will light once, then go out.

è Ë ÒÌﬂÚËË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ·Û‰¸ÚÂ ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Â„Ó ÌÂ Û ÓÌËÚ¸.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

• г‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE УТЪ‡ВЪТﬂ „У ﬂ˘ВИ М‡ Ф УЪﬂКВМЛЛ МВНУЪУ У„У ‚ ВПВМЛ, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ТМﬂЪ Л ТВЪВ‚УИ Ф У‚У‰ УЪТУВ‰ЛМВМ УЪ ТВЪЛ ФУТОВ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡. ùÚÓ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.

• ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE МВ „У ЛЪ, УЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ФУ‚У‰. и Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ˜В ВБ У‰МЫ ПЛМЫЪЫ ТМУ‚‡ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ФУ‚У‰.

• З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ ﬂК‡Ъ¸ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡.

• дУ„‰‡ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚И

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Î‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ CHARGE Á‡„Ó ËÚÒﬂ Ó‰ËÌ ‡Á, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 10

Charging and installing the battery pack

á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

Installing the battery pack

(1) Set the BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch to

RELEASE.

(2) Remove the battery terminal cover. (3) Align the hooks of the battery pack with the

catches of the camcorder and place the battery pack in place.

(4) Set the BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch to

LOCK.

RELEASE

To remove the battery pack

Follow the procedure above and in step 3, remove the battery pack. When removing the battery pack, be careful not to drop it.

Note on battery terminal cover

To protect the battery terminals, install the battery terminal cover after the battery pack is removed.

Note on BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch

Be sure that the BATT LOCK/RELEASE switch is set to LOCK when the battery pack is installed. Otherwise, it may drop out when you use the camcorder.

To prevent malfunction

In the following cases make sure that the POWER switch is set to OFF first.

•Installing and removing the battery pack.

•Inserting and ejecting a cassette.

LOCK

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

(1)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ BATT LOCK/

RELEASE ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ RELEASE.

(2)лМЛПЛЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı НУМЪ‡НЪУ‚. (3)б‡ˆВФЛЪВ Н ˛˜НЛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ Б‡

Á‡ı‚‡Ú˚ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН М‡ ПВТЪУ.

(4)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ BATT LOCK/

RELEASE ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ LOCK.

RELEASE

ÑÎﬂ ÒÌﬂÚË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

лОВ‰Ыﬂ ‚˚¯ВУФЛТ‡ММУИ Ф УˆВ‰Ы В ‚ ФЫМНЪВ 3, ТМЛПЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. и Л ТМﬂЪЛЛ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ·Û‰¸ÚÂ ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Â„Ó ÌÂ Û ÓÌËÚ¸.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н Н ˚¯НВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı НУМЪ‡НЪУ‚ СОﬂ Ф В‰Уı ‡МВМЛﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚Иı НОМЪ‡НЪУ‚ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı НУМЪ‡НЪУ‚ ФУТОВ ТМﬂЪЛﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ФВ ВНО˛˜‡ЪВО˛ BATT LOCK/RELEASE м·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ ФВ ВНО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ BATT LOCK/ RELEASE М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ LOCK, НУ„‰‡ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. З Ф УЪЛ‚МУП ТОЫ˜‡В УМ ПУКВЪ ‚˚Ф‡ТЪ¸, НУ„‰‡ З˚ ·Ы‰ВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы.

СОﬂ Ф В‰УЪ‚ ‡˘ВМЛﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪЛ З ТОВ‰Ы˛˘Лı ТОЫ˜‡ﬂı ТФВ ‚‡ Ы·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF.

•ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡ Ë Á‡ÏÂÌ‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡.

•ÇÒÚ‡‚Í‡ Ë ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËÂ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚.

LOCK

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 11

Inserting a cassette

ÇÒÚ‡‚Í‡ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚

You can use mini DV cassette with logo* only. Make sure that the power source is installed. (1)Place the grip strap away from the lid of the

cassette compartment to avoid damaging the lid.

(2)Open the lid of the cassette compartment and

push 6 EJECT inside the lid. The cassette compartment automatically lifts up and opens.

(3)Insert a cassette with the window facing out. (4)Push the cassette compartment. The cassette

compartment is automatically pulled down.

(5)Close the lid until it clicks.

* is a trademark.

1, 2

6EJECT

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЪУО¸НУ Н‡ТТВЪЫ mini DV, co БМaНoП logo*.

ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ. (1)к‡ТФУОУКЛЪВ ВПВММУИ Б‡ı‚‡Ъ ‚ ТЪУ УМВ

УЪ Н ˚¯НЛ Н‡ТТВЪМУ„У УЪТВН‡ ‚У ЛБ·ВК‡МЛВ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМЛﬂ Н ˚¯НЛ.

(2)йЪНУИЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ Н‡ТТВЪМУ„У УЪТВН‡.

з‡КПЛЪВ 6 EJECT ‚МЫЪ Л Н ˚¯НЛ. д‡ТТВЪМ˚И УЪТВН ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ФУ‰МЛП‡ВЪТﬂ Л УЪН ˚‚‡ВЪТﬂ.

(3)ЗТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ УНУ¯НУП, У· ‡˘ВММ˚П

Ì‡ ÛÊÛ.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ Н‡ТТВЪМ˚И УЪТВН. д‡ТТВЪМ˚И

УЪТВН ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ‚Ъﬂ„Л‚‡ВЪТﬂ ‚МЛБ.

(5)

б‡Н УИЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ, ФУН‡ УМ‡ МВ Б‡˘ВОНМВЪТﬂ.

* ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÚÓ‚‡ Ì˚Ï ÁÌ‡ÍÓÏ.

4, 5

Getting started / иУ‰„УЪУ‚Н‡ Н ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ

Note

Before you close the lid of the cassette compartment, make sure the cassette compartment is completely pulled down.

To eject the cassette

Follow the procedure above and in step 3, take out the cassette.

To Prevent Accidental Erasure

Slide and open the tab on the cassette to expose the red mark. If you try to record with the red mark exposed, the L and 6 indicators flash on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder, and you cannot record on the tape. To re-record on this tape, slide and close the tab to cover the red mark.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ иВ В‰ ЪВП Н‡Н Б‡Н ˚Ъ¸ Н ˚¯НЫ Н‡ТТВЪМУ„У УЪТВН‡ Ы·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ Н‡ТТВЪМ˚И УЪТВН ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‚ЪﬂМЫЪ ‚МЛБ.

ÑÎﬂ ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËﬂ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚

лОВ‰Ыﬂ ‚˚¯ВУФЛТ‡ММУИ Ф УˆВ‰Ы В ‚ ФЫМНЪВ 3, Ы‰‡ОЛЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ.

ÑÎﬂ Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËﬂ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó ÒÚË ‡ÌËﬂ

л‰‚ЛМ¸ЪВ Л УЪН УИЪВ ОВФВТЪУН М‡ Н‡ТТВЪВ, ˜ЪУ·˚ ·˚ОУ ‚Л‰МУ Н ‡ТМЫ˛ ПВЪНЫ. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУФ˚Ъ‡ВЪВТ¸ ‚˚ФУОМЛЪ¸ Б‡ФЛТ¸ Ф Л ‚Л‰ЛПУИ Н ‡ТМУИ ПВЪНВ, ЪУ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ L Ë 6 ·Û‰ÛÚ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ, Л З˚ МВ ТПУКВЪВ Ф УЛБ‚ВТЪЛ Б‡ФЛТ¸ М‡ ˝ЪЫ ОВМЪЫ. СОﬂ ‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ МУ‚УИ Б‡ФЛТЛ М‡ Ъ‡НЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ Т‰‚ЛМ¸ЪВ Л Б‡Н УИЪВ ОВФВТЪУН ‰Оﬂ Б‡Н ˚ЪЛﬂ Н ‡ТМУИ ПВЪНЛ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 12

Basic operations

éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

Camera recording

Make sure that the power source is installed and a cassette is inserted. When you use the camcorder for the first time, turn it on and reset the date and time to your local date and time before you start recording (p. 58). Before you record one-time events, you may want to make a trial recording to make sure that the camcorder is working correctly. (1) Remove the lens cap and hook it onto the grip

strap.

(2) While pressing the small green button on the

POWER switch, set it to CAMERA. The camcorder is set to Standby mode.

(3) Slide START/STOP MODE to . (4) Press START/STOP.

The camcorder starts recording. “REC” appears in the viewfinder. The camera recording lamp on the front of the camcorder also lights up. Do not press START/STOP too strongly; if you do, the switching tone will be recorded.

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚

м·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ Л Н‡ТТВЪ‡ ‚ТЪ‡‚ОВМ‡. ЦТОЛ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ФВ ‚˚И ‡Б, ЪУ ‚НО˛˜ЛЪВ ВВ Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ПВТЪМ˚В ‰‡ЪЫ Л ‚ ВПﬂ ФВ В‰ М‡˜‡ОУП Б‡ФЛТЛ (ТЪ . 58). иВ В‰ ЪВП Н‡Н З˚ М‡˜МВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ¸ У‰МУ ‡БУ‚˚ı ТУ·˚ЪЛИ, З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ıУЪВЪ¸ Т‰ВО‡Ъ¸ Ф У·МЫ˛ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ‰Оﬂ ФУ‰Ъ‚В К‰ВМЛﬂ, ˜ЪУ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ Ф ‡‚ЛО¸МУ. (1)лМЛПЛЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚‡ Л Б‡ˆВФЛЪВ ВВ

Б‡ ВПВММУИ Б‡ı‚‡Ъ.

(2)з‡КЛП‡ﬂ П‡ОВМ¸НЫ˛ БВОВМЫ˛ НМУФНЫ М‡

‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA. ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ ВКЛП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ.

(3)èÂ Â‰‚ËÌ¸ÚÂ START/STOP MODE ‚

ФУОУКВМЛВ .

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP.

ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ “REC” ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ. г‡ПФУ˜Н‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ ТФВ В‰Л ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Ъ‡НКВ ·Ы‰ВЪ „У ВЪ¸. зВ М‡КЛП‡ИЪВ НМУФНЫ START/STOP ТОЛ¯НУП ТЛО¸МУ; ФУЪУПЫ ˜ЪУ, ВТОЛ З˚ Ъ‡Н Т‰ВО‡ВЪВ, Б‚ЫН ‚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ‡М.

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

To stop recording momentarily [a]

Press START/STOP. The “STBY” indicator appears in the viewfinder (Standby mode).

60min

20min

60min

20min

0:00:00

STBY

REC

СОﬂ ‚ ВПВММУИ УТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ Б‡ФЛТЛ [a]

з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ “STBY” ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ( ВКЛП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ).

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

START/STOP MODE

SEC

Page 13

To finish recording [b]

Press START/STOP again to stop recording. Set the POWER switch to OFF. Then, eject the cassette and remove the battery pack.

[a]

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

POWER

PHOTO

25min

20min

STBY

0:35:20

ÑÎﬂ ÓÍÓÌ˜‡ÌËﬂ Á‡ÔËÒË [b]

з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP ТМУ‚‡ ‰Оﬂ УТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ Б‡ФЛТЛ. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF. б‡ЪВП ‚˚ЪУОНМЛЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ Л Ы‰‡ОЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН.

[b]

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

POWER

PHOTO

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

POWER

PHOTO

Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To focus the viewfinder lens

If you cannot see the indicators in the viewfinder clearly, or after someone else has used the camcorder, focus the viewfinder lens. Turn the viewfinder lens adjustment dial so that the indicators in the viewfinder come into sharp focus.

Note on Standby mode

If you leave the camcorder in Standby mode for 5 minutes while the cassette is inserted, the camcorder turns off automatically. This prevents wearing down the battery and wearing out the tape. To resume Standby mode, while pressing the small green button on the POWER switch, set it to OFF once, and then to CAMERA. To start recording, press START/STOP.

Note on recording mode

This camcorder records and plays back in SP (standard play) mode and in LP (long play) mode. Select SP or LP in the menu system.

СОﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚‡ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ

ЦТОЛ З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ˜ВЪНУ ‚Л‰ВЪ¸ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ЛОЛ ФУТОВ ЪУ„У, Н‡Н НЪУ-ЪУ ‰ Ы„УИ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡О ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, ‚˚ФУОМЛЪВ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЫ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚‡ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ. иУ‚В МЛЪВ ‰ЛТН В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚‡ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ, Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ·˚ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ·˚ОЛ ˜ВЪНУ ТЩУНЫТЛ У‚‡М˚.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ВКЛПЫ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ ЦТОЛ З˚ УТЪ‡‚ОﬂВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ М‡ 5 ПЛМЫЪ Ф Л ‚ТЪ‡‚ОВММУИ Н‡ТТВЪВ, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‚˚НО˛˜ЛЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ. щЪУ Ф В‰УЪ‚ ‡˘‡ВЪ ‡ТıУ‰ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ Л ЛБМУТ ОВМЪ˚. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ ВКЛП‡ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ, М‡КЛП‡ﬂ П‡ОВМ¸НЫ˛ БВОВМЫ˛ НМУФНЫ М‡ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER , ТФВ ‚‡ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF, ‡ Б‡ЪВП ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA. СОﬂ М‡˜‡О‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ М‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ВКЛПЫ Б‡ФЛТЛ С‡ММ‡ﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ПУКВЪ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ Л ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ¸ ‚ ВКЛПВ SP (ТЪ‡М‰‡ ЪМУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ) Л ‚ ВКЛПВ LP(Ы‰ОЛМВММУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ). З˚·В ЛЪВ SP ЛОЛ LP ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 14

Camera recording

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚

Notes on LP mode

•We recommend to use this camcorder to play back a tape recorded on this camcorder. If a tape recorded on other camcorder is played back on this camcorder, or vice versa, mosaicpattern noise may appear.

•When you record in SP and LP modes on one tape or you record some scenes in LP mode, the playback picture may be distorted or the time code may not be written properly between scenes.

•We recommend to use a Sony ME cassette.

•You cannot make audio dubbing on a tape recorded in LP mode. Use the SP mode for the tape to be audio dubbed.

Notes on the time code

•The time code indicates the recording or playback time, "0:00:00" (hours : minutes : seconds) in CAMERA mode and "0:00:00:00" (hours : minutes : seconds : frames) in PLAYER mode.

•Be sure not make a blank portion when recording, because the time code will start from “0:00:00:00” again. You cannot rewrite the time code on the tape if there is a blank portion between pictures.

Note on connecting an external microphone

You can record audio sound by connecting the VMC-LM7 adaptor (not supplied) and an external microphone. Connect the microphone to the MIC jack of the VMC-LM7 adaptor. While recording through an external microphone, the built-in microphone of the camcorder does not work.

Note on the beep sound

As indicated with in the illustrations, a beep sounds when you turn the power on or when you start recording, and two beeps sound when you stop recording, confirming the operation. Several beeps also sound as a warning of any unusual condition of the camcorder. Note that the beep sound is not recorded on the tape. If you do not want to hear the beep sound, select “OFF” in the menu system.

Note on remaining tape indicator

The indicator may not be displayed accurately depending on the tape. Though the indicator does not appear at the time of recording, it will appear in a few seconds.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ВКЛПЫ LP

• е˚ ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‰‡ММЫ˛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‰Оﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ М‡ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В. ЦТОЛ ОВМЪ‡, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММ‡ﬂ М‡ ‰ Ы„УИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В,

·Ы‰ВЪ ‚УТФУЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ¸Тﬂ М‡ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ЛОЛ М‡У·У УЪ, ЪУ ПУКВЪ ФУﬂ‚ЛЪ¸Тﬂ ПУБ‡Л˜М‡ﬂ В¯ВЪН‡ ФУПВı.

• ЦТОЛ З˚ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВЪВ ‚ ВКЛП‡ı LP Л SP М‡ У‰МЫ Л ЪЫ КВ ОВМЪЫ ЛОЛ ВТОЛ З˚ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВЪВ МВНУЪУ ˚В ТˆВМ˚ ‚ ВКЛПВ LP, ЪУ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛПУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ЛТН‡КВМУ ЛОЛ ‚ ВПВММУИ НУ‰ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ‡М МВФ ‡‚ЛО¸МУ ПВК‰Ы ТˆВМ‡ПЛ.

• е˚ ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ Н‡ТТВЪЫ Sony ME.

• аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ВКЛП SP ‰Оﬂ ОВМЪ, М‡ НУЪУ ˚В ·Ы‰ВЪ ‚˚ФУОМﬂЪ¸Тﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ‰Ы·ОЛ У‚‡МЛВ. З˚ МВ ТПУКВЪВ ‚˚ФУОМЛЪ¸ ‡Ы‰ЛУ‰Ы·ОЛ У‚‡МЛВ М‡ ОВМЪЫ, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ‚ ВКЛПВ LP.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ‚ ВПВММУПЫ НУ‰Ы

•

З ВПВММУИ НУ‰ ЫН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪ ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ЛОЛ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ФУ Ф ЛМˆЛФЫ “0:00:00” (˜‡Т˚ : ПЛМЫЪ˚ : ТВНЫМ‰˚) ‚ ВКЛПВ CAMERA, Л ФУ Ф ЛМˆЛФЫ “0:00:00:00” (˜‡Т˚ : ПЛМЫЪ˚ : ТВНЫМ‰˚ : Н‡‰ ˚) ‚ ВКЛПВ PLAYER.

•

ЕЫ‰¸ЪВ ‚МЛП‡ЪВО¸М˚, ˜ЪУ·˚ МВ ФУОЫ˜ЛОУТ¸ МВБ‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ˜‡ТЪЛ Ф Л Б‡ФЛТЛ, Ъ‡Н Н‡Н ‚ ВПВММУИ НУ‰ ТМУ‚‡ М‡˜МВЪ УЪТ˜ВЪ Т “0:00:00:00”. З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ФВ ВБ‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸ ‚ ВПВММУИ НУ‰ М‡ ОВМЪВ, ВТОЛ М‡ МВИ ТЫ˘ВТЪ‚Ы˛Ъ МВБ‡ФЛТ‡ММ˚В ˜‡ТЪЛ ПВК‰Ы ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂПЛ.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛ˛ ‚МВ¯МВ„У ПЛН УЩУМ‡ З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ Б‚ЫНУ‚УВ ТУФ У‚УК‰ВМЛВ ФЫЪВП ФУ‰НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ VMC-LM7 (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) Л ‚МВ¯МВ„У ПЛН УЩУМ‡. иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ПЛН УЩУМ Н „МВБ‰Ы MIC М‡ ‡‰‡ФЪВ В VMC-LM7. иpЛ БaФЛcЛ ˜В ВБ ‚МВ¯МЛИ ПЛН УЩУМ ‚ТЪ УВММ˚И ПЛН УЩУМ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ МВ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н БЫППВ МУПЫ Б‚ЫНУ‚УПЫ ТЛ„М‡ОЫ д‡Н ЫН‡Б‡МУ М‡ ЛТЫМН‡ı Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ , У‰ЛМ БЫППВ М˚И ТЛ„М‡О Б‚Ы˜ЛЪ, НУ„‰‡ З˚ ‚НО˛˜‡ВЪВ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ ЛОЛ М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ¸, Л ‰‚‡ БЫППВ М˚ı ТЛ„М‡О‡ Б‚Ы˜‡Ъ, НУ„‰‡ З˚ УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ¸, ФУ‰Ъ‚В К‰‡ﬂ ЪВП Т‡П˚П ‡·УЪЫ. зВТНУО¸НУ БЫППВ М˚ı ТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ Ъ‡НКВ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‚Ы˜‡Ъ¸ ‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В Ф В‰ЫФ ВК‰ВМЛﬂ Н‡НУ„УМЛ·Ы‰¸ МВУ·˚˜МУ„У ТУТЪУﬂМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚. б‡ПВЪ¸ЪВ, ˜ЪУ БЫППВ М˚И ТЛ„М‡О МВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВЪТﬂ М‡ ОВМЪЫ. ЦТОЛ З˚ МВ ıУЪЛЪВ ТОЫ¯‡Ъ¸ БЫППВ М˚И ТЛ„М‡О, ЪУ ‚˚·В ЛЪВ “OFF” ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ Ы УТЪ‡‚¯ВИТﬂ ОВМЪ˚ аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ПУКВЪ УЪУ· ‡К‡Ъ¸Тﬂ МВ ЪУ˜МУ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ОВМЪ˚. С‡КВ ВТОЛ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ МВ ФУﬂ‚ЛЪТﬂ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ М‡˜‡О‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ, УМ ФУﬂ‚ЛЪТﬂ М‡ МВТНУО¸НУ ТВНЫМ‰ ФУБКВ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 15

Using the zoom feature

Zooming is a recording technique that lets you change the size of the subject in the scene. For more professional-looking recordings, use the zoom function sparingly. “T” side: for telephoto (subject appears closer) “W” side: for wide-angle (subject appears farther

away)

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ М‡ВБ‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚

з‡ВБ‰ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ЪВıМЛ˜ВТНЛП Ф ЛВПУП Б‡ФЛТЛ, НУЪУ ˚И ФУБ‚УОﬂВЪ З‡П ЛБПВМﬂЪ¸ ‡БПВ У·˙ВНЪ‡ ‚ Н‡‰ В. СОﬂ ·УОВВ Ф УЩВТТЛУМ‡О¸МУ„У ‚Л‰‡ Б‡ФЛТВИ ЫПВ ВММУ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ М‡ВБ‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚. лЪУ УМ‡ “ н”: ‰Оﬂ ЪВОВЩУЪУ (У·˙ВНЪ

Ô Ë·ÎËÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ)

ëÚÓ ÓÌ‡ “ W”: ‰Îﬂ ¯Ë ÓÍÓ„Ó Û„Î‡ Ò˙ÂÏÍË

(Ó·˙ÂÍÚ Û‰‡ÎﬂÂÚﬂ)

Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

Zooming speed (Variable speed zooming)

Press the power zoom switch a little for a relatively slow zoom; press it still more for a high-speed zoom. Zooming speed while the camcorder is in the Standby mode is faster than that in the recording mode making it easier to compose the scene.

When you shoot a subject using a telephoto zoom

If you cannot get a sharp focus while in extreme telephoto zoom, press the “W” side of the power zoom switch until the focus is sharp. You can shoot a subject that is at least about 80 cm (about 2 5/8 feet) away from the lens surface in the telephoto position, or about 1 cm (about 1/2 inch) away in the wide-angle position.

ZOOM

ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ Ì‡ÂÁ‰‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚ (Ì‡ÂÁ‰ Ò ‡ÁÎË˜ÌÓÈ ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸˛)

иВ В‰‚ЛМ¸ЪВ ˚˜‡„ Ф Л‚У‰МУ„У Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ‡ МВПМУ„У ‰Оﬂ Т ‡‚МЛЪВО¸МУ ПВ‰ОВММУ„У М‡ВБ‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚; ФВ В‰‚ЛМ¸ЪВ В„У В˘В ‰‡О¸¯В ‰Оﬂ М‡ВБ‰‡ М‡ ‚˚ТУНУИ ТНУ УТЪЛ. лНУ УТЪ¸ М‡ВБ‰‡, НУ„‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ, ·Ы‰ВЪ ·˚ТЪ ВВ, ˜ВП ТНУ УТЪ¸ М‡ВБ‰‡ ‚ ВКЛПВ Б‡ФЛТЛ, ˜ЪУ ‰‡ВЪ ‚УБПУКМУТЪ¸ ·УОВВ ОВ„НУИ НУПФУМУ‚НЛ ТˆВМ.

дУ„‰‡ З˚ ТМЛП‡ВЪВ У·˙ВНЪ, ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ М‡ВБ‰ ‚ ВКЛПВ ЪВОВЩУЪУ ЦТОЛ З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪ¸ ˜ВЪНУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Н ‡ИМВ„У М‡ВБ‰‡ ‚

ВКЛПВ ЪВОВЩУЪУ, ФВ ВПВ˘‡ИЪВ ФВ ВНО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ Ф Л‚У‰МУ„У Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ‡ ‚ ТЪУ УМЫ “W” ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ З˚ МВ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪВ ˜ВЪНУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ. З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТМЛП‡Ъ¸ У·˙ВНЪ, НУЪУ ˚И ФУ ПВМ¸¯ВИ ПВ В М‡ 80 ТП Ы‰‡ОВМ УЪ ФУ‚В ıМУТЪЛ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚‡ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ ЪВОВЩУЪУ, ЛОЛ Ы‰‡ОВМ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ 1 ТП ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ ¯Л УНУ„У Ы„О‡.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 16

Camera recording

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚

Notes on digital zoom

•More than 10x zoom is performed digitally, and the picture quality deteriorates as you go toward the “T” side. If you do not want to use the digital zoom, set the D ZOOM function to OFF in the menu system.

•The horizontal bar in the power zoom indicator separates the digital zooming zone (above the bar [a]) and the optical zooming zone (under the bar [b]). If you set the D ZOOM function to OFF, the part above the bar disappears.

•When using the digital zoom function, zooming power is up to 20x.

[a]

[b]

Shooting with the LCD screen

You can also record the picture while looking at the LCD screen. When using the LCD screen, the viewfinder screen turns off automatically. You cannot monitor the sound from the speaker during recording.

(1) Open the LCD panel. (2) Adjust angle of the LCD panel

The LCD panel moves about 90 degrees to this side and about 180 degrees to the other side. To adjust the brightness of the LCD screen, press LCD BRIGHT. + side: to brighten the LCD screen

– side: to dim the LCD screen The battery life is longer when the LCD panel is closed. Use the viewfinder instead of the LCD screen to save the battery power.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ˆЛЩ У‚УПЫ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ Ы

•

н ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ·УОВВ, ˜ВП 10ı ТУБ‰‡М ‚ ˆЛЩ У‚УП ЛТФУОМВМЛЛ, Л Н‡˜ВТЪ‚У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ЫıЫ‰¯‡ВЪТﬂ ФУ ПВ В З‡¯В„У ‰‚ЛКВМЛﬂ ‚ ТЪУ УМЫ “н”. ЦТОЛ З˚ МВ ıУЪЛЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ˆЛЩ У‚УИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ , ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ D ZOOM ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛ М‡ OFF.

•

ЙУ ЛБУМЪ‡О¸М‡ﬂ ФУОУТ‡ М‡ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ В Ф Л‚У‰МУ„У Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ‡ ‡Б‰ВОﬂВЪ БУМЫ ˆЛЩ У‚УИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ (Т‚В ıЫ УЪ ФУОУТ˚ [a]) Л УФЪЛ˜ВТНУИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ (ТМЛБЫ УЪ ФУОУТ˚ [b]). ЦТОЛ З˚ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ D ZOOM М‡ OFF, ЪУ ˜‡ТЪ¸ Т‚В ıЫ УЪ ФУОУТ˚ ЛТ˜ВБМВЪ.

• и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ˆЛЩ У‚УИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ, Н ‡ЪМУТЪ¸ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ Ы‚ВОЛ˜Л‚‡ВЪТﬂ ‰У 20ı.

л˙ВПН‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС

З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ъ‡НКВ Ф УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ¸ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ, „Оﬂ‰ﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡М ЬдС. и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС ˝Н ‡М ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ВЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ. З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ТО˚¯‡Ъ¸ Б‚ЫН УЪ „ УПНУ„У‚У ЛЪВОﬂ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

(1)éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ. (2)éÚÂ„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂ Û„ÓÎ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ.

и‡МВО¸ ЬдС ФВ ВПВ˘‡ВЪТﬂ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ 90 „ ‡‰ЫТУ‚ У‰МЫ ТЪУ УМЫ Л Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ 180 „ ‡‰ЫТУ‚ ‚ ‰ Ы„Ы˛ ТЪУ УМЫ. СОﬂ В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ ﬂ НУТЪЛ ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС М‡КПЛЪВ LCD BRIGHT. лЪУ УМЫ +: ‰Оﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ ·УОВВ ﬂ НУ„У ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС лЪУ УМЫ –: СОﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ ·УОВВ ЪЫТНОУ„У

˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС л УН ТОЫК·˚ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ ‰ОЛМВВ, НУ„‰‡ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС Б‡Н ˚Ъ‡. аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ ‚ПВТЪУ ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС ‰Оﬂ ˝НУМУПЛЛ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡.

180˚

LCD BRIGHT

90˚

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 17

To let the subject monitor the shot

Turn the LCD panel 180 degrees (p. 32).

Notes on the LCD panel

•When closing the LCD panel, turn it vertically

until it clicks [a].

•When turning the LCD panel, turn it always vertically; otherwise, the camcorder body may be damaged or the LCD panel may not close properly [b].

•Close the LCD panel completely when not in use.

•Do not push nor touch the LCD when moving the LCD panel.

•You may find it difficult to view the LCD screen due to glare when using the camcorder outdoors.

[a] [b]

уЪУ·˚ ‰‡Ъ¸ ‚УБПУКМУТЪ¸ ТМЛП‡ВПУПЫ ˜ВОУ‚ВНЫ М‡·О˛‰‡Ъ¸ Т˙ВПНЫ

èÓ‚Â ÌËÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ Ì‡ 180 „ ‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ (ÒÚ .

32) è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ

• и Л Б‡Н ˚‚‡МЛЛ Ф‡МВОЛ ЬдС ФУ‚У ‡˜Л‚‡ИЪВ ВВ ‚В ЪЛН‡О¸МУ ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ УМ‡ МВ Б‡˘ВОНМВЪТﬂ [a].

• и Л ‚ ‡˘ВМЛЛ Ф‡МВОЛ ЬдС ‰‚Л„‡ИЪВ ВВ ‚ТВ„‰‡ ‚В ЪЛН‡О¸МУ; ЛОЛ ‚ Ф УЪЛ‚МУП ТОЫ˜‡В НУ ФЫТ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМ ЛОЛ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡Н ˚Ъ‡ МВФ ‡‚ЛО¸МУ [b].

• иУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡Н УИЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС, НУ„‰‡ УМ‡ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ.

• çÂ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÈÚÂ Ë ÌÂ Ú Ó„‡ÈÚÂ ÜäÑ Ô Ë ÔÂ ÂÏÂ˘ÂÌËË Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ.

• З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТЪУОНМЫЪ¸Тﬂ Т Ъ Ы‰МУТЪﬂПЛ Ф Л Ф УТПУЪ В М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛБ-Б‡ УЪ·ОВТН‡ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ М‡ ЫОЛˆВ.

Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 18

Camera recording

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚

Selecting the start/stop mode

: When you press START/STOP, the

camcorder starts recording. When you press the button again, the camcorder stops recording. (factory setting)

: As long as you keep pressing START/STOP,

the camcorder records. When you release the button, the camcorder stops recording.

5SEC: When you press START/STOP, the

camcorder records for 5 seconds and stops. (p. 33)

When you select or 5SEC, you cannot use the fade-in/fade-out function. When you select 5SEC, the remaining tape indicator is not displayed.

Ç˚·Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ Á‡ÔÛÒÍ‡/ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡

: äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÂÚÂ START/STOP,

‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸. дУ„‰‡ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪВ ˝ЪЫ НМУФНЫ УФﬂЪ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸. (б‡‚У‰ТН‡ﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚Н‡)

: èÓÍ‡ Ç˚ ‰Â ÊËÚÂ START/STOP ‚

М‡К‡ЪУП ТУТЪУﬂМЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‚˚ФУОМﬂВЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸. дУ„‰‡ З˚ УЪФЫТН‡ВЪВ НМУФНЫ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸.

5SEC: äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ Ì‡ÊËÏ‡ÂÚÂ START/STOP,

‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ Ф УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ 5 ТВНЫМ‰ Л УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪТﬂ. (ТЪ .

33)

ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÂÚÂ ËÎË 5SEC , Ç˚ ÌÂ ТПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ ‚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ/ ‚˚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ. дУ„‰‡ З˚ ‚˚·Л ‡ВЪВ 5SEC ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ УТЪ‡‚¯ВИТﬂ ОВМЪ˚ УЪУ· ‡К‡Ъ¸Тﬂ МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ.

START/STOP MODE

SEC

To attach an accessory

Attach an accessory (not supplied) to the accessory shoe.

СОﬂ Ф ЛН ВФОВМЛﬂ ‰УФУОМЛЪВО¸МУ„У У·У Ы‰У‚‡МЛﬂ

и ЛН ВФЛЪВ ‰УФУОМЛЪВО¸МУВ У·У Ы‰У‚‡МЛВ (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) Н ‚˚‚У‰Ы ‰Оﬂ ‚ТФУПУ„‡ЪВО¸МУ„У У·У Ы‰У‚‡МЛﬂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 19

Hints for better shooting

ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îﬂ ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË

For hand-held shots, you will get better results by holding the camcorder according to the following suggestions:

•Hold the camcorder firmly and secure it with the grip strap so that you can easily manipulate the controls with your thumb. [a]

[a]

•Place your elbows against your side.

•Hold the camcorder with your left hand to keep it steadier.

•Adjust the LCD panel angle.

•Keep your fingers away from the lens.

•Place your eye firmly against the viewfinder eyecup.

•Be sure not to touch the built-in microphone.

•Be sure not to touch the FOCUS button by accident.

•Use the LCD panel frame or the viewfinder frame as a guide to determine the horizontal plane.

•You can record in a low position to get an interesting recording angle. Lift the LCD panel up to record from a low position. [b]

•You can also record in a high position. Lift the LCD panel down to record from a high position. [c]

ÑÎﬂ Í‡‰ Ó‚ Ô Ë Û‰Â Ê‡ÌËË ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚ ‚

ÛÍ‡ı Ç˚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚÂ ÎÛ˜¯ËÂ ÂÁÛÎ¸Ú‡Ú˚, ÂÒÎË

·Ы‰ВЪВ ‰В К‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ТУУЪ‚ВЪТЪ‚ЛЛ ТУ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛПЛ ВНУПВМ‰‡ˆЛﬂПЛ:

•

СВ КЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Н ВФНУ Л Б‡Н ВФЛЪВ ВВ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ ВПВММУ„У Б‡ı‚‡Ъ‡ Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ·˚ З˚ ОВ„НУ ПУ„ОЛ П‡МЛФЫОЛ У‚‡Ъ¸ В„ЫОﬂЪУ ‡ПЛ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ ·УО¸¯У„У Ф‡О¸ˆ‡. [a]

• к‡ТФУОУКЛЪВ З‡¯Л ОУНЪЛ ФУ ·УН‡П УЪ ТВ·ﬂ.

• иУ‰‰В КЛ‚‡ИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы З‡¯ВИ ОВ‚УИ ЫНУИ, ˜ЪУ·˚ ‰В К‡Ъ¸ ВВ ·УОВВ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚У.

• éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂ Û„ÓÎ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÜäÑ.

•

ÑÂ ÊËÚÂ Ç‡¯Ë Ô‡Î¸ˆ˚ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡.

• з‡‰ВКМУ Ф ЛТОУМЛЪВ З‡¯ „О‡Б Н УНЫОﬂ Ы

‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎﬂ.

• çË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌÂ Ú Ó„‡ÈÚÂ ‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È

ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ.

• зЛ ‚ НУВП ТОЫ˜‡В МВ ‰УЪ УМ¸ЪВТ¸ ‰У НМУФНЛ

FOCUS.

• аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ‚ЛБЛ МЫ˛ ‡ПНЫ Ф‡МВОЛ ЬдС

‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В ЫНУ‚У‰ТЪ‚‡ ‰Оﬂ УФ В‰ВОВМЛﬂ „У ЛБУМЪ‡О¸МУ„У ФО‡М‡.

• З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ ЛБ МЛБНУ„У

ФУОУКВМЛﬂ ‰Оﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ ЛМЪВ ВТМУ„У Ы„О‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ. иУ‰МЛПЛЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ‚‚В ı ‰Оﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ЛБ МЛБНУ„У ФУОУКВМЛﬂ .[b]

• З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ъ‡НКВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ ЛБ ‚˚ТУНУ„У

ФУОУКВМЛﬂ. иУ‚В МЛЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ‚МЛБ ‰Оﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ЛБ ‚˚ТУНУ„У ФУОУКВМЛﬂ. [c]

Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

[b] [c]

Continued to the next page

è Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 20

Hints for better shooting ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ‰Îﬂ ÎÛ˜¯ÂÈ Ò˙ÂÏÍË

[f]

Place the camcorder on a flat surface or use a tripod

Try placing the camcorder on a table top or any other flat surface of suitable height. If you have a tripod for a still camera, you can also use it with the camcorder. When attaching a non-Sony tripod, make sure that the length of the tripod screw is less than 6.5 mm (9/32 inches). Otherwise, the screw may damage the inner parts of the camcorder.

If you wear glasses

You can bend back the eyecup to get a better view of viewfinder [d].

Cautions on the LCD panel and on the viewfinder

•Do not pick up the camcorder by the

viewfinder or the LCD panel [e].

•Do not place the camcorder so as to point the viewfinder or the LCD panel toward the sun. The inside of the viewfinder or the LCD panel may be damaged. Be careful when placing the camcorder under sunlight or by a window [f].

•Do not point the lens toward the sun with a close-up lens attached. Doing so may damage the camcorder.

к‡ТФУО‡„‡ИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы М‡ ФОУТНУИ ФУ‚В ıМУТЪЛ ЛОЛ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Ъ ВМУ„Ы иУТЪ‡ ‡ИЪВТ¸ ‡ТФУОУКЛЪ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Т‚В ıЫ М‡ ТЪУОВ ЛОЛ О˛·УИ ‰ Ы„УИ ФОУТНУИ ФУ‚В ıМУТЪЛ ФУ‰ıУ‰ﬂ˘ВИ ‚˚ТУЪ˚. ЦТОЛ Ы З‡Т ВТЪ¸ Ъ ВМУ„‡ ‰Оﬂ ЩУЪУ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ‡, З˚ Ъ‡НКВ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ВВ Л ‰Оﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚. и Л Ф ЛН ВФОВМЛЛ Ъ ВМУ„Л МВ ЩЛ П˚ Sony Ы·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ ‰ОЛМ‡ ‚ЛМЪ‡ Ъ ВМУ„Л ПВМВВ 6,5 ПП. З Ф УЪЛ‚МУП ТОЫ˜‡В ‚ЛМЪ ПУКВЪ ФУ‚ В‰ЛЪ¸ ‚МЫЪ ВММЛВ ˜‡ТЪЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

ЦТОЛ З˚ МУТЛЪВ У˜НЛ З˚ ПУКВЪВ Т„Л·‡Ъ¸ Б‡‰М˛˛ ТЪУ УМЫ УНЫОﬂ ‡ ‰Оﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ ОЫ˜¯В„У У·БУ ‡ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ [d].

и В‰УТЪУ УКМУТЪЛ Н Ф‡МВОЛ ЬдС Л ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВО˛

• çÂ ÔÓ‰ÌËÏ‡ÈÚÂ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ Û Á‡ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎ¸ ËÎË Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ. [e]

• зВ ‡ТФУОУ„‡ИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ·˚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ ЛОЛ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ·˚ОЛ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМ˚ ‚ ТЪУ УМЫ ТУОМˆ‡. ЗМЫЪ ВММЛВ ˜‡ТЪЛ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ ЛОЛ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ПУ„ЫЪ

·˚Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ ÂÊ‰ÂÌ˚. ÅÛ‰¸ÚÂ ÓÒÚÓ ÓÊÌ˚ Ô Ë

‡ТФУОУКВМЛЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ ФУ‰ ТУОМˆВП

ËÎË ‚ÓÁÎÂ ÓÍÌ‡. [f]

• зВ М‡Ф ‡‚ОﬂИЪВ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚ М‡ ТУОМˆВ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚‡ ‰Оﬂ Т˙ВПНЛ Н ЫФМ˚П ФО‡МУП. н‡НУВ ‰ВИТЪ‚ЛВ ПУКВЪ ФУ‚ В‰ЛЪ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы.

[d]

[e]

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 21

Playing back a tape

ЗУТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВ ОВМЪ˚

You can monitor the playback picture on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. (1)Insert the recorded tape with the window

facing out.

(2)Open the LCD panel. (3)While pressing the small green button on the

POWER switch, set it to PLAYER. The tape transport buttons light up.

(4)Press 0 to rewind the tape. (5)Press · to start playback. (6)Adjust the volume using VOLUME +/– and

the brightness of the LCD screen using LCD

BRIGHT +/–. You can also monitor the picture on a TV screen, after connecting the camcorder to a TV or VCR.

LCD BRIGHT

VOLUME

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ф УТП‡Ъ Л‚‡Ъ¸ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛПУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС. (1)ЗТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ Т УНУ¯НУП,

Ó· ‡˘ÂÌÌ˚Ï Ì‡ ÛÊÛ.

(2)éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ. (3)з‡КЛП‡ﬂ П‡ОВМ¸НЫ˛ БВОВМЫ˛ НМУФНЫ М‡

‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PLAYER. З˚Т‚В˜Л‚‡˛ЪТﬂ НМУФНЛ ФВ ВПВ˘ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ 0 ‰Оﬂ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ М‡Б‡‰. (5)з‡КПЛЪВ · ‰Оﬂ М‡˜‡О‡ ‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. (6)

йЪ В„ЫОЛ ЫИЪВ „ УПНУТЪ¸ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП VOLUME +/– ﬂ НУТЪ¸ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ ЬдС Т

ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП LCD BRIGHT +/–. З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ъ‡НКВ Ф УТПУЪ ВЪ¸ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡ ФУТОВ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы ЛОЛ дЗе.

STOP

REW

STOP

REW

PLAY

PAUSE

Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To stop playback, press p. To rewind the tape, press 0. To fast-forward the tape rapidly, press ).

Using the Remote Commander

You can control playback using the supplied Remote Commander. Before using the Remote Commander, insert the R6 (size AA) batteries .

To display the LCD screen/viewfinder screen indicators

Press DISPLAY. To erase the indicators, press again.

СОﬂ УТЪ‡МУ‚‡ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ, М‡КПЛЪВ p. СОﬂ ЫТНУ ВММУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ М‡Б‡‰, М‡КПЛЪВ 0. СОﬂ ЫТНУ ВММУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ ‚ФВ В‰, М‡КПЛЪВ ).

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЫФ ‡‚ОﬂЪ¸ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВП Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ. иВ В‰ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ‚ МВ„У

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏÂ ÓÏ ÄÄ). ÑÎﬂ ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ Ó‚ ˝Í ‡Ì‡

ЬдС/˝Н ‡М‡ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ з‡КПЛЪВ DISPLAY. СОﬂ ТЪЛ ‡МЛﬂ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ У‚ ТМУ‚‡ М‡КПЛЪВ НМУФНЫ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 22

Playing back a tape

ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ ÎÂÌÚ˚

Using headphones

Connect headphones (not supplied) to the AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 jack (p. 83). You can adjust the volume of the headphones using VOLUME +/–.

To view the playback picture in the viewfinder

Close the LCD panel. The viewfinder turns on automatically. When using the viewfinder, you can monitor the sound only by using headphones. To view on the LCD screen again, open the LCD panel. The viewfinder turns off automatically.

Various playback modes

To view a still picture (playback pause)

Press P during playback. To resume playback, press P or ·.

To locate a scene (picture search)

Keep pressing 0 or ) during playback. To resume normal playback, release the button.

To monitor the high-speed picture while advancing the tape or rewinding (skip scan)

Keep pressing 0 while rewinding or ) while advancing the tape. To resume normal rewinding or fast-forward, release the button.

To view the picture at 1/3 speed (slow playback)

Press & on the Remote Commander during playback. For slow playback in reverse direction, press <, then press &. To resume normal playback, press ·.

To view the picture at double speed

For double speed playback in the reverse

direction, press <, then press ×2 on the Remote

Commander during playback. For double speed playback in the forward direction, press >, then

press ×2 during playback. To resume normal playback, press ·.

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ „УОУ‚М˚ı ЪВОВЩУМУ‚ иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ „УОУ‚М˚В ЪВОВЩУМ˚ (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡˛ЪТﬂ) Н „МВБ‰Ы AUDIO VIDEO OUT/ 2 (ТЪ . 83). З˚ ТПУКВЪВ В„ЫОЛ У‚‡Ъ¸ „ УПНУТЪ¸ „УОУ‚М˚ı ЪВОВЩУМУ‚ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ VOLUME +/–.

СОﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ б‡Н УИЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС. ЗЛ‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ ‚НО˛˜ЛЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ. и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТОЫ¯‡Ъ¸ Б‚ЫН ЪУО¸НУ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ „УОУ‚М˚ı ЪВОВЩУМУ‚. СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ТМУ‚‡ УЪН УИЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС. ЗЛ‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ ‚˚НО˛˜ЛЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ.

ê‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚Â ÂÊËÏ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ

СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУ„У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ (Ф‡ЫБ‡ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ)

з‡КПЛЪВ P ‚У ‚ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ P ËÎË ·.

СОﬂ У·М‡ ЫКВМЛﬂ Щ ‡„ПВМЪ‡ (ФУЛТН ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ)

СВ КЛЪВ М‡К‡ЪУИ НМУФНЫ 0 ЛОЛ ) ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ МУ П‡О¸МУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ УЪФЫТЪЛЪВ НМУФНЫ.

СОﬂ НУМЪ УОﬂ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ М‡ ‚˚ТУНУИ ТНУ УТЪЛ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ЫТНУ ВММУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ ‚ФВ В‰ ЛОЛ М‡Б‡‰ (ФУЛТН ПВЪУ‰УП Ф У„УМ‡)

СВ КЛЪВ М‡К‡ЪУИ НМУФНЫ 0 ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ М‡Б‡‰ ЛОЛ НМУФНЫ ) ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ ‚ФВ В‰. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ МУ П‡О¸МУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ‚ФВ В‰ ЛОЛ М‡Б‡‰ УЪФЫТЪЛЪВ НМУФНЫ.

СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ М‡ 1/3 ТНУ УТЪЛ (Б‡ПВ‰ОВММУВ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВ)

з‡КПЛЪВ & М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. СОﬂ Б‡ПВ‰ОВММУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ‚ У· ‡ЪМУП М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ М‡КПЛЪВ < , ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ &. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ МУ П‡О¸МУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ ·.

СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ Т Ы‰‚УВММУИ ТНУ УТЪ¸˛

СОﬂ Ы‰‚УВМЛﬂ ТНУ УТЪЛ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ‚ У· ‡ЪМУП М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ М‡КПЛЪВ <, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ Ч2 М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. СОﬂ Ы‰‚УВМЛﬂ ТНУ УТЪЛ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ‚ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ ‚ФВ В‰ М‡КПЛЪВ >, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ ×2 ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ. ÑÎﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ МУ П‡О¸МУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ ·.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 23

To view the picture frame-by-frame

Press ' or 7 on the Remote Commander in playback pause mode. If you keep pressing the button, you can view the picture at 1/25 speed. To resume normal playback, press ·.

To change the playback direction

Press < on the Remote Commander for reverse direction or > on the Remote Commander for forward direction during playback. To resume normal playback, press ·.

Notes on playback

•The sound is muted in the various playback modes.

•During playback other than normal playback, the previous recording may appear in mosaic image. This is not malfunction.

•When playback pause mode lasts for 5 minutes, the camcorder automatically enters stop mode. To resume playback, press ·.

Note on slow playback

The slow playback can be performed smoothly on this camcorder; however, this function does not work for an output signal from the DV OUT jack.

СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ Н‡‰ ‡ Б‡ Н‡‰ УП ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ

з‡КПЛЪВ ' ЛОЛ 7 М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ ВКЛПВ Ф‡ЫБ˚ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. ЦТОЛ З˚ ‰ВКЛЪВ ·Ы‰ВЪВ ‰В К‡Ъ¸ НМУФНЫ М‡К‡ЪУИ, ЪУ З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ф УТП‡Ъ Л‚‡Ъ¸ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ 1/25 ТНУ УТЪЛ. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ МУ П‡О¸МУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ ·.

СОﬂ ЛБПВМВМЛﬂ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ

з‡КПЛЪВ < М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ‰Îﬂ Ó· ‡ÚÌÓ„Ó Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ËÎË > М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‰Оﬂ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ФВ В‰ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ МУ П‡О¸МУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ ·.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌË˛

• á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ô Ë„ÎÛ¯ÂÌ ‚ ‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚ı ÂÊËÏ‡ı ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ.

• ЗУ ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ‚ ВКЛПВ

ÓÚÎË˜ÌÓÏ ÓÚ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

‡ÌÂÂ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı Í‡‰ Ó‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÏÂÚ¸

ПУБ‡Л˜М˚И ‚Л‰. щЪУ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸˛.

• ÖÒÎË ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Á‡ÔËÒË Ô Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ ‚

ЪВ˜ВМЛВ 5 ПЛМЫЪ, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ‚УИ‰ВЪ ‚ ВКЛП УТЪ‡МУ‚‡. СОﬂ ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ · .

Basic operations / éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н Б‡ПВ‰ОВММУПЫ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛ˛ б‡ПВ‰ОВММУВ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВ М‡ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ‚˚ФУОМВММУ ФО‡‚МУ, У‰М‡НУ, ‰‡ММ‡ﬂ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ

‡·УЪ‡Ъ¸ Ф Л ФУТЪЫФОВМЛЛ ТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ УЪ „МВБ‰‡

DV OUT.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 24

Searching for the end of the picture

иУЛТН НУМˆ‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ

You can go to the end of the recorded portion after you record and play back the tape. The tape starts rewinding or fast-forwarding and the last about 5 seconds of the recorded portion plays back. Then the tape stops at the end of the recorded picture (End Search).

Open the LCD panel and press END SEARCH during recording standby. This function works when the POWER switch is set to CAMERA, PLAYER or PHOTO.

Note on End Search

The End Search function does not work once you have ejected the cassette after you recorded in the tape or if you do not record after you have inserted a tape.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФВ ВИЪЛ Н НУМˆЫ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ˜‡ТЪЛ ФУТОВ Б‡ФЛТЛ Л ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚. гВМЪ‡ М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪ ФВ ВП‡Ъ˚‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ М‡Б‡‰ ЛОЛ ‚ФВ В‰, Л Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ФУТОВ‰МЛВ 5 ТВНЫМ‰ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ˜‡ТЪЛ ·Ы‰ЫЪ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМ˚. б‡ЪВП ОВМЪ‡ УТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪТﬂ ‚ НУМˆВ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУ„У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ( ФУЛТН НУМˆ‡).

йЪН УИЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС Л М‡КПЛЪВ END SEARCH. С‡ММ‡ﬂ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ, НУ„‰‡ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ОЛ·У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA, PLAYER ЛОЛ PHOTO.

ENDSEARCH

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ФУЛТН‡ НУМˆ‡ оЫМНˆЛﬂ ФУЛТН‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ МВ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ, ВТОЛ З˚ ‚˚ЪУОНМЫОЛ Н‡ТТВЪЫ ФУТОВ ‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ М‡ ОВМЪЫ, ЛОЛ ВТОЛ З˚ МВ Ф УЛБ‚ВОЛ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ФУТОВ ‚ТЪ‡‚НЛ ОВМЪ˚.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 25

Advanced operations

ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

Using alternative power sources

You can choose any of the following power sources for your camcorder: battery pack, mains, and 12/24 V car battery. Choose the appropriate power source depending on where you want to use your camcorder.

Place Power Accessory to be used

source

Indoors Mains Supplied AC power adaptor

Outdoors Battery Battery pack NP-F100

pack (supplied), NP-F200

In the car 12 V or Sony car battery charger

24 V car DC-V515 battery

Note on power sources

Disconnecting the power source or removing the battery pack during recording or playback may damage the inserted tape. If this happens, restore the power supply again immediately.

Using the mains

To use the supplied AC power adaptor: (1)Open the jack cover and connect the

connecting plug on the camcorder to the DC OUT jack on the AC power adaptor using the supplied connecting cord.

(2)Connect the mains lead to the AC power

adaptor.

(3)Connect the mains lead to mains.

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ‡О¸ЪВ М‡ЪЛ‚М˚ı ЛТЪУ˜МЛНУ‚ ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ‚˚· ‡Ъ¸ О˛·УИ ЛБ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘Лı ЛТЪУ˜МЛНУ‚ ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ ‰Оﬂ З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚:

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ, ˝ÎÂÍÚ Ë˜ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒÂÚ¸ Ë

12/24 З ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛО¸М˚И ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ . З˚·В ЛЪВ ФУ‰ıУ‰ﬂ˘ЛИ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ЪУ„У, „‰В З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ З‡¯Ы ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы.

еВТЪУ

Ç ÔÓÏÂ˘ÂÌËË

ç‡ ÛÎËˆÂ

Ç ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ ФУ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН‡П ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ йЪТУВ‰ЛМВМЛВ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН‡ ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ ЛОЛ ТМﬂЪЛВ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË

‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ПУКВЪ ФУ‚ В‰ЛЪ¸ ‚ТЪ‡‚ОВММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ. ЦТОЛ ˝ЪУ ТОЫ˜ЛЪТﬂ, ‚УТТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ МВПВ‰ОВММУ.

àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ

щОВНЪ Л˜ВТН‡ﬂ ТВЪ¸

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È

·ÎÓÍ

12 З ЛОЛ 24 З ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛО¸М˚И ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ

СОﬂ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡: (1)йЪНУИЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ „МВБ‰‡ Л ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ

ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ‡Б˙ВП М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Н „МВБ‰Ы DC OUT М‡ ТВЪВ‚УП ‡‰‡ФЪВ В ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ¯МЫ ‡.

(2)иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ФУ‚У‰ Н ТВЪВ‚УПЫ

‡‰‡ÔÚÂ Û ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡.

(3)иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ¯МЫ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ Н

˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ.

аТФУО¸БЫВП˚В Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪЛ

è ËÎ‡„‡ÂÏ˚È ÒÂÚÂ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ NP-F100 (Ô ËÎ‡„‡ÂÚÒﬂ), NP-F200

б‡ ﬂ‰М˚И ‚˚Ф ﬂПЛЪВО¸ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛО¸МУ„У ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ ‡ Sony DC-V515

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

Continued to the next page

è Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 26

Using alternative power sources

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ‡О¸ЪВ М‡ЪЛ‚М˚ı ЛТЪУ˜МЛНУ‚ ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ

Charging the battery pack

You can charge the battery pack installed in the camcorder by connecting the AC power adaptor to the camcorder and setting the POWER switch to OFF. The CHARGE lamp lights up, and goes out when normal charge is completed. For a full charge, leave the battery pack in place for approximately one hour. Charging time of the supplied NP-F100 battery pack is as follows: Full charge: approx. 2 hours and 30 minutes Normal charge: approx. 1 hours and 30 minutes

Charging two battery packs at the same time

Install one battery pack in the camcorder and another one on the AC power adaptor. The CHARGE lamps on the camcorder and on the AC power adaptor light up, and go out when normal charge is completed. For a full charge, leave the battery pack in place for approximately one hour. If either of the CHARGE lamps remains lit, charging both battery packs is not completed. Time taken to charge two NP-F100 battery packs simultaneously is as follows: Full charge: approx. 2 hours and 40 minutes Normal charge: approx. 1 hours and 40 minutes

Notes on the CHARGE lamp

•The CHARGE lamp will remain lit for a while even if the unit is unplugged after use. This is normal.

•If the CHARGE lamp does not light, disconnect the mains lead. After about one minute, reconnect the mains lead.

б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ ﬂК‡Ъ¸ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВММ˚И М‡ Н‡ПВ В ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФЫЪВП ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ Н ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОﬂ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF. г‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ·Ы‰ВЪ „У ВЪ¸ Л ФУ„‡ТМВЪ, НУ„‰‡ МУ П‡О¸М‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡‚В ¯ВМ‡. СОﬂ ФУОМУИ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И

·ОУН М‡ ПВТЪВ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ У‰ЛМ ˜‡Т. З ВПﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡ NP-F100 ·Ы‰ВЪ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛП: иУОМ‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡: Ф Л·ОЛБ. 2 ˜‡Т‡ 30 ПЛМЫЪ зУ П‡О¸М‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡: Ф Л·ОЛБ. 1 ˜‡Т‡ 30 ПЛМЫЪ

б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ‰‚Ыı ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı ·ОУНУ‚ У‰МУ‚ ВПВММУ мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ У‰ЛМ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, ‡ ‚ЪУ УИ М‡ ТВЪВ‚УИ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡. г‡ПФУ˜НЛ CHARGE М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Л М‡ ТВЪВ‚УП ‡‰‡ФЪВ В ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ ·Ы‰ЫЪ „У ВЪ¸ Л ФУ„‡ТМЫЪ, НУ„‰‡ МУ П‡О¸М‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡‚В ¯ВМ‡. СОﬂ ФУОМУИ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН М‡ ПВТЪВ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ У‰ЛМ ˜‡Т. ЦТОЛ У‰М‡ ЛБ ‰‚Ыı О‡ПФУ˜ВН CHARGE УТЪ‡ВЪТﬂ „У ВЪ¸, ЪУ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ У·УЛı ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı ·ОУНУ‚ МВ Б‡‚В ¯ВМ‡. З ВПﬂ ‰Оﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ ‰‚Ыı

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı ·ОУНУ‚ NP-F100 ·Ы‰ВЪ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛП: иУОМ‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡: Ф Л·ОЛБ 2 ˜‡Т‡ 40 ПЛМЫЪ зУ П‡О¸М‡ﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡: Ф Л·ОЛБ 1 ˜‡Т‡ 40 ПЛМЫЪ

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í Î‡ÏÔÓ˜ÍÂ CHARGE

• г‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ·Ы‰ВЪ УТЪ‡‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ „У ﬂ˘ВИ В˘В ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ МВНУЪУ У„У ‚ ВПВМЛ, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ ‡ФФ‡‡Ъ УЪТУВ‰ЛМВМ УЪ ТВЪЛ ФУТОВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ. щЪУ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МУ П‡О¸М˚П.

• ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE МВ „У ЛЪ, УЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ Ф У‚У‰ ˝ОВНЪ УФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ. и Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ˜В ВБ У‰МЫ ПЛМЫЪЫ ТМУ‚‡ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ Ф У‚У‰ ˝ОВНЪ УФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 27

To remove the connecting cord

While pressing the button on the connecting plug, pull out the connecting cord. Never pull the connecting cord itself. When you use the AC power with the connecting cord, the battery pack installed in the camcorder is not used because the AC power has priority over the battery pack.

WARNING

The mains lead must only be changed at a qualified service shop.

PRECAUTION

The set is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the mains, even if the set itself has been turned off.

Using a car battery

Use a car battery charger such as Sony DC-V515 (not supplied). Connect the car battery cord to the cigarette lighter socket of a car (12 V or 24 V). Connect the car battery charger and the camcorder using the supplied DK-626 connecting cord.

Note on the battery pack

You cannot charge the battery pack (NP-F100, NP-F200) using the car battery charger DC-V515.

This mark indicates that this product is a genuine accessory for Sony video product. When purchasing Sony video products, Sony recommends that you purchase accessories with this “GENUINE VIDEO ACCESSORIES” mark.

СОﬂ ТМﬂЪЛﬂ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ¯МЫ ‡ з‡КЛП‡ﬂ НМУФНЫ М‡ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУП

‡Б˙ВПВ, ‚˚Ъ‡˘ЛЪВ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ¯МЫ . зЛНУ„‰‡ МВ ЪﬂМЛЪВ Б‡ Т‡П ¯МЫ . дУ„‰‡ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ ‚ПВТЪВ Т ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚П ¯МЫ УП, ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВММ˚И ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ, Ъ‡Н Н‡Н ТВЪВ‚УИ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ ЛПВВЪ Ф ЛУ ЛЪВЪ ФВ В‰ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚П ·ОУНУП.

икЦСмикЦЬСЦзаЦ лВЪВ‚УИ Ф У‚У‰ ‰УОКВМ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ПВМВМ ЪУО¸НУ ‚ П‡ТЪВ ТНУИ Н‚‡ОЛЩЛˆЛ У‚‡ММУ„У У·ТОЫКЛ‚‡МЛﬂ.

икЦСйлнЦкЦЬЦзаЦ ДФФ‡ ‡Ъ МВ УЪНО˛˜‡ВЪТﬂ УЪ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН‡ ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ (˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ) ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ УМ ФУ‰НО˛˜ВМ Н ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ Т‡П ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ ‚˚НО˛˜ВМ.

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ МУИ

·‡Ú‡ ÂË

аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Б‡ ﬂ‰М˚И ‚˚Ф ﬂПЛЪВО¸ ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ МУИ ·‡Ъ‡ ВЛ, Н‡Н М‡Ф ЛПВ , Sony DC-V515 (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ). иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ¯МЫ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛО¸МУ„У ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ ‡ Н „МВБ‰Ы ТЛ„‡ ВЪМУ„У Ф ЛНЫ Л‚‡ЪВОﬂ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛОﬂ (12 З ЛОЛ 24 З). лУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ Б‡ ﬂ‰М˚И ‚˚Ф ﬂПЛЪВО¸ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛО¸МУ„У ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ ‡ Л ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ¯МЫ DK-626.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУПЫ ·ОУНЫ З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛЪ¸ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН (NP-F100, NP-F200) Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Б‡ ﬂ‰МУ„У ‚˚Ф ﬂПЛЪВОﬂ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛО¸МУ„У ‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ ‡ DC-V515.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

з‡ТЪУﬂ˘ЛИ БМ‡Н ЫН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪ, ˜ЪУ ‰‡ММ‡ﬂ Ф У‰ЫНˆЛﬂ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ФУ‰ОЛММУИ Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪ¸˛ ‚Л‰ВУФ У‰ЫНˆЛЛ Sony. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУНЫФ‡ВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУФ У‰ЫНˆЛ˛ Sony, ЪУ П˚ ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП, ˜ЪУ·˚ З˚ ФУНЫФ‡ОЛ Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪЛ, ФУПВ˜ВММ˚В БМ‡НУП “GENUINE VIDEO ACCESSORIES”.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 28

Changing the mode settings

аБПВМВМЛВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚УН

ВКЛПУ‚

You can change the mode settings in the menu system to further enjoy the features and functions of the camcorder. (1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen.

(2) Press v or V to select the desired item, then

press EXECUTE. Only the selected item is displayed.

(3) Press v or V to select the desired mode, then

press EXECUTE. If you want to change the other modes, repeat steps 2 and 3.

(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЛБПВМﬂЪ¸ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ВКЛПУ‚ ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛ ‰Оﬂ ·УО¸¯В„У М‡ТО‡К‰ВМЛﬂ УТУ·ВММУТЪﬂПЛ Л ЩЫМНˆЛﬂПЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚. (1) з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ.

(2) з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ ÊÂÎ‡ÂÏÓÈ

ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE. ЕЫ‰ВЪ УЪУ· ‡К‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ЪУО¸НУ ‚˚· ‡ММ‡ﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚Н‡.

(3) з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ ÊÂÎ‡ÂÏÓ„Ó

ВКЛП‡ ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE. ЦТОЛ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ ЛБПВМЛЪ¸ ‰ Ы„ЛВ ВКЛП˚, ФУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ ФЫМНЪ˚ 2 Л 3.

(4) з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ ‡МЛﬂ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ

ÏÂÌ˛.

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

AUTO

EXECUTE

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM

D ZOOM ON

AUTO

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM ON

OFF

EXECUTE

D ZOOM ON

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM OFF

OFF

D ZOOM ON

OFF

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 29

Note on changing the mode settings

Menu items differs depending on the setting of the POWER switch to PLAYER or CAMERA/ PHOTO.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ЛБПВМВМЛ˛ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚УН

ВКЛПУ‚ мТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ПВМ˛ УЪОЛ˜‡˛ЪТﬂ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТПУТЪЛ УЪ М‡ıУК‰ВМЛﬂ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОﬂ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ PLAYER ЛОЛ CAMERA/PHOTO.

Selecting the mode setting of each item

Items for both CAMERA/PHOTO and PLAYER modes

COMMANDER <VTR4/OFF/ID/ID SET>

•Select VTR4 when using the supplied Remote Commander for the camcorder.

•Select OFF when not using the Remote Commander.

•Select ID when using the Remote Commander set to the ID number.

•Select ID SET when setting the ID number to the Remote Commander.

REC MODE <SP/LP>

•Select SP when recording in SP (standard play) mode.

•Select LP when recording in LP (long play) mode.

BEEP <ON/OFF>

•Select ON so that beeps sound when you start/ stop recording, etc.

•Select OFF when you do not want to hear the beep sound.

LCD COLOUR

Select this item and change the level of the indicator by pressing + or – to adjust the colour intensity of the picture.

аБПВМВМЛВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚УН ВКЛПУ‚

мТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‰Оﬂ У·УЛı ВКЛПУ‚, CAMERA/PHOTO Л PLAYER

COMMANDER <VTR4/OFF/ID/ID SET>

• З˚·В ЛЪВ VTR4 Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‰Оﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ OFF, ВТОЛ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУУМУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ВМЛﬂ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ ID Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВММУ„У М‡ МУПВ ID.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ ID SET Ф Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НВ МУПВ ‡ ID М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

REC MODE <SP/LP>

• З˚·В ЛЪВ SP Ф Л Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ ВКЛПВ SP (ТЪ‡М‰‡ ЪМУ„У ‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ).

• З˚·В ЛЪВ LP Ф Л Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ ВКЛПВ LP (м‰ОЛМВММУ„У ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ).

BEEP <ON/OFF>

• З˚·В ЛЪВ ON, ˜ЪУ·˚ БЫППВ М˚В ТЛ„М‡О˚ Б‚Ы˜‡ОЛ, НУ„‰‡ З˚ М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪВ/ УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ¸ Л Ъ.‰.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ OFF, ЦТОЛ З˚ МВ ıУЪЛЪВ ТО˚¯‡Ъ¸ БЫППВ М˚И Б‚ЫНУ‚УИ ТЛ„М‡О.

LCD COLOUR З˚·В ЛЪВ ‰‡ММЫ˛ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЫ Л ЛБПВМЛЪВ Ы У‚ВМ¸ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‡ ФЫЪВП М‡К‡ЪЛﬂ + ЛОЛ – ‰Оﬂ В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ ﬂ НУТЪЛ ˆ‚ВЪ‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

Continued to the next page

è Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 30

аБПВМВМЛВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚УН

ВКЛПУ‚Changing the mode settings

Items for CAMERA/PHOTO mode only

PGM AE* <AUTO/SPORTS/SUNSETMOON/ LANDSCAPE>

•Select AUTO to set PROGRAM AE (Auto Exposure) automatically depending on your shooting situation.

•Select SPORTS to set PROGRAM AE to the sports lesson mode.

•Select SUNSETMOON to set PROGRAM AE to the sunset and moon mode.

•Select LANDSCAPE to PROGRAM AE to the landscape mode.

WHT BAL* <AUTO/HOLD/OUTDOOR/INDOOR>

•Normally select AUTO to adjust the white balance automatically.

•Select HOLD when recording monochromatic subject or background.

•Select OUTDOOR when recording in the outdoor mode.

•Select INDOOR when recording in the indoor mode.

D ZOOM <ON/OFF>

•Select ON to activate digital zooming.

•Select OFF not to use the digital zoom. The camcorder goes back to 10x optical zoom.

16:9 WIDE <OFF/ON>

• Normally select OFF.

• Select ON to record a 16:9 wide picture to

watch on a wide-screen TV.

S SHOT <ON/OFF>

•Normally select ON.

•Select OFF when you do not have to worry about camera-shake.

REC LAMP <ON/OFF>

•Normally select ON.

•Select OFF when you do not want the camera recording/battery lamp at the front of the unit to light up.

CLOCK SET

Select this item to reset the date or time.

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÚÓÎ¸ÍÓ ‰Îﬂ ÂÊËÏ‡ CAMERA/PHOTO

PGM AE* <AUTO/SPORTS/SUNSETMOON/ LANDSCAPE>

• З˚·В ЛЪВ AUTO ‰Оﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ PROGRAM AE (‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ) ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ З‡¯ВИ ТЛЪЫ‡ˆЛЛ Т˙ВПНЛ.

• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ SPORTS ‰Îﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË PROGRAM AE Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌﬂÚËÈ.

• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ SUNSETMOON ‰Îﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË PROGRAM AE Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎÌˆ‡ Ë ÎÛÌ˚.

• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ LANDSCAPE ‰Îﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË PROGRAM AE Ì‡ Î‡Ì‰¯‡ÙÚÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ.

WHT BAL* <AUTO/HOLD/OUTDOOR/ INDOOR>

• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚÂ AUTO ‰Îﬂ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË

·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË.

• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ HOLD Ô Ë Á‡ÔËÒË ÏÓÌÓı ÓÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÎË ÙÓÌ‡.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ OUTDOOR Ф Л Б‡ФЛТ‡Л ‚ ВКЛПВ Т˙ВПНЛ ‚МВ ПУПВ˘ВМЛﬂ.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ INDOOR ФpЛ БaФЛcЛ ‚ ВКЛПВ Т˙ВПНЛ ‚ ФУПВ˘ВМЛЛ.

D ZOOM <ON/OFF>

• З˚·В ЛЪВ ON ‰Оﬂ ‡НЪЛ‚ЛБ‡ˆЛЛ ˆЛЩ У‚УИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ OFF Ф Л МВЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ˆЛЩ У‚УИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ. ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‚УБ‚ ‡˘‡ВЪТﬂ Н УФЪЛ˜ВТНЪИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ 10ı.

16:9 WIDE <OFF/ON>

• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚÂ OFF.

• З˚·Л ‡ИЪВ ON ‰Оﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ‚ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУП ВКЛПВ 16:9 ‰Оﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ М‡ ¯Л УНУ˝Н ‡ММУП ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В.

S SHOT <ON/OFF>

• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚÂ ON.

• Ç˚· Ë ‡ÈÚÂ OFF, ÍÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ÌÂ

·ВТФУНУВЪВТ¸ У ‰ УК‡МЛЛ Н‡ПВ ˚.

REC LAMP <ON/OFF>

• é·˚˜ÌÓ ‚˚·Ë ‡ÈÚÂ ON.

• З˚·В ЛЪВ OFF, ВТОЛ З˚ МВ ıУЪЛЪВ, ˜ЪУ·˚ Б‡„У ‡О‡Т¸ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ Б‡‡ФЛТЛ Н‡ПВ УИ/ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ М‡ ФВ В‰МВИ Ф‡МВОЛ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ‡.

CLOCK SET Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ‰Îﬂ

В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ ‰‡Ъ˚ ЛОЛ ‚ ВПВМЛ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 31

Items for PLAYER mode only

AUDIO MIX*

Select this item and adjust the balance between the stereo 1 and stereo 2 by pressing v or V.

DATA CODE <DATE/CAM or DATE>

•Select DATE/CAM to display date and recording data during playback.

•Select DATE to display date during playback.

* These settings are retained even when the

battery is removed, as long as the vanadiumlithium battery is charged. As far as the items without an asterisk are concerned, their settings return to the default 5 minutes or more after the battery is removed.

When recording a close subject

When REC LAMP is set to ON, the red camera recording lamp on the front of the camcorder may reflect on the subject if it is close. In this case, we recommend you set REC LAMP to OFF.

Note

When playing back a tape recorded in the 16-bit mode, you cannot adjust the balance in AUDIO MIX.

мТЪМУ‚НЛ ЪУО¸НУ ‰Оﬂ ВКЛП‡ PLAYER

AUDIO MIX* Ç˚·Â ‡ÈÚÂ ˝ÚÛ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ë Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂ

·‡О‡МТ ·ВОУ„У ПВК‰Ы ТЪВ ВУ 1 Л ТЪ ВУ 2 ФЫЪВП М‡К‡ЪЛﬂ v ËÎË V.

DATA CODE <DATE/CAM ËÎË DATE>

• З˚·В ЛЪВ DATE/CAM ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‰‡ММ˚ı Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ.

• Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ DATE ‰Îﬂ ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ‰‡Ú˚ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ.

* ùÚË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÓÒÚ‡˛ÚÒﬂ ‰‡ÊÂ Ô Ë ÒÌﬂÚËË

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ Б‡ ﬂКВМ‡ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚‡ﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИН‡. уЪУ Н‡Т‡ВЪТﬂ ЫТЪМУ‚УН ·ВБ Б‚ВБ‰У˜НЛ, ЪУ УМЛ ‚УБ‚ ‡˘‡˛ЪТﬂ Н ЛТıУ‰МУПЫ ТУТЪУﬂМЛ˛ ˜В ВБ 5 ПЛМЫЪ ЛОЛ ·УОВВ ФУТОВ ТМﬂЪЛﬂ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡.

и Л Б‡ФЛТЛ ·ОЛБНУ ‡ТФУОУКВММУ„У У·˙ВНЪ‡ дУ„‰‡ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ REC LAMP ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ ON, Н ‡ТМ‡ﬂ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ М‡ ФВ В‰МВИ Ф‡МВОЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ ПУКВЪ УЪ ‡К‡Ъ¸Тﬂ УЪ У·˙ВНЪ‡, ВТОЛ УМ ‡ТФУОУКВМ У˜ВМ¸ ·ОЛБНУ. З ˝ЪУП ТОЫ˜‡В П˚

ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪ¸ REC LAMP М‡ OFF.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ дУ„‰‡ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪТﬂ ОВМЪ‡, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММ‡ﬂ ‚ 16-·ЛЪУ‚УП ВКЛПВ, З˚ МВ ТПУКВЪВ УЪ В„ЫОЛ У‚‡Ъ¸ ·‡О‡МТ Л AUDIO MIX.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 32

Letting the subject monitor the shot

ЗУБПУКМУТЪ¸ ‰Оﬂ ТМЛП‡ВПУ„У ˜ВОУ‚ВН‡ М‡·О˛‰‡Ъ¸ Т˙ВПНЫ

You can turn the LCD panel over so that it faces the other way and you can let the subject monitor the shot while shooting with the viewfinder.

Turn the LCD panel up vertically. When you turn the LCD panel 180 degrees, the indicator appears on the LCD screen (mirror mode) and the time code and remaining tape indicators disappear. You can also use the Remote Commander.

To cancel mirror mode

Turn the LCD panel down toward the camcorder body.

Notes on mirror mode

•Using the mirror mode, you can record yourself while watching yourself on the LCD screen.

•The picture on the LCD screen appears as a mirror-image while recording in mirror mode. Pr appears in Standby mode, and r during recording. Other indicators appear as mirrorimage. Some indicators do not appear.

•While recording in mirror mode, you cannot operate the following functions: MENU, ZERO SET MEMORY on the Remote Commander.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФВ В‚В МЫЪ¸ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС, Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ УМ‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ У· ‡˘ВМ‡ ‚ ‰ Ы„Ы˛ ТЪУ УМЫ Л З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФУБ‚УОЛЪ¸ ТМЛП‡ВПУПЫ ˜ВОУ‚ВНЫ М‡·О˛‰‡Ъ¸ Т˙ВПНЫ, Ф УЛБ‚У‰ﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ.

иУ‚В МЛЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ‚В ЪЛН‡О¸МУ ‚‚В ı. дУ„‰‡ З˚ ФУ‚У ‡˜Л‚‡ВЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС М‡ 180 „ ‡‰ЫТУ‚, ЬдС (БВ Н‡О¸М˚И ВКЛП) Л ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ‚ ВПВММУ„У НУ‰‡ Л УТЪ‚¯ВИТﬂ ОВМЪ˚ ЛТ˜ВБМЫЪ. З˚ Ъ‡НКВ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

СОﬂ УЪПВМ˚ БВ Н‡О¸МУ„У ВКЛП‡ иУ‚В МЛЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ ЬдС ‚МЛБ ‚ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ НУ ФЫТ‡ Н‡ПВ ˚.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н БВ Н‡О¸МУПЫ ВКЛПЫ

• аТФУО¸БЫﬂ БВ Н‡О¸М˚И ВКЛП, З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸ Т‡ПУ„У ТВ·ﬂ, ТПУЪ ﬂ М‡ Т‡ПУ„У ТВ·ﬂ М‡ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС.

• аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ‚ БВ Н‡О¸МУП УЪУ· ‡КВМЛЛ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ БВ Н‡О¸МУП ВКЛПВ. Pr ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ‚

ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ Л r ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ. С Ы„ЛВ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ФУﬂ‚Оﬂ˛ЪТﬂ ‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В БВ Н‡О¸М˚ı ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛИ. зВНУЪУ ˚В ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂЪ¸Тﬂ МВ ·Ы‰ЫЪ.

• ЗУ ‚ВПﬂ ‚ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ БВ Н‡О¸МУП ВКЛПВ З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ЫФ ‡‚ОﬂЪ¸ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛПЛ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂПЛ: MENU, ZERO SET MEMORY Т ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 33

Shooting scenery in several short takes

л˙ВПН‡ ФВИБ‡К‡ Б‡ МВТНУО¸НУ НУ УЪНЛı Ф ЛВПУ‚

Long, continuous shots of scenery tend to be dull, and have to be edited to make an interesting video. With 5SEC. REC (5-second recording) mode, the camcorder records for only 5 seconds and then switches to Standby mode, so that you will automatically take a series of quick shots resulting in a lively video. (1)Set START/STOP MODE to 5SEC. Five dots

appear on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder.

(2)Press START/STOP. Recording starts. The dots disappear at a rate of one per second. When 5 seconds elapse and all the dots disappear, the camcorder switches to Standby mode automatically.

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

СОЛММ˚В МВФ В ˚‚М˚В Н‡‰ ˚ ФВИБ‡К‡ ЛПВ˛Ъ ЪВМ‰ВМˆЛ˛ ·˚Ъ¸ ТНЫ˜М˚ПЛ Л ‰УОКМ˚

·˚Ъ¸ УЪ В‰‡НЪЛ У‚‡М˚ ‰Оﬂ ТУБ‰‡МЛﬂ ЛМЪВ ВТМУИ ‚Л‰ВУФ У„ ‡ПП˚. л ФУПУ˘¸˛

ВКЛП‡ 5SEC. REC (5-ТВНЫМ‰МУИ Б‡ФЛТЛ) ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ Ф УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ЪУО¸НУ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ 5 ТВНЫМ‰, ‡ Б‡ЪВП ФВ ВНО˛˜‡ВЪТﬂ М‡

ВКЛП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ, Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ З˚ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ТМЛПЛЪВ ТВ Л˛ НУ УЪНЛı Н‡‰ У‚, ТУТЪ‡‚Оﬂ˛˘Лı УКЛ‚ОВММЫ˛ ‚Л‰ВУФ У„ ‡ППЫ. (1)ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ START/STOP MODE ‚

ФУОУКВМЛВ 5SEC. иﬂЪ¸ ЪУ˜ВН ФУﬂ‚ЛЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP. б‡ФЛТ¸

М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪТﬂ. дУ„‰‡ 5 ТВНЫМ‰ ЛТЪВНЫЪ, Л ‚ТВ ЪУ˜НЛ ЛТ˜ВБМЫЪ, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ФВ ВНО˛˜ЛЪТﬂ М‡ ВКЛП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ.

START/STOP MODE

SEC

REC

0:00:00

PHOTO

REC

0:00:04

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To extend the recording time

Press START/STOP again before all the dots disappear. Recording continues for 5 seconds from the moment you press START/STOP.

To cancel 5-second recording

Set START/STOP MODE to . If you set the switch while recording, recording continues.

Note on 5-second recording

You cannot use FADER function during 5-second recording.

СОﬂ Ф У‰ОВМЛﬂ ‚ ВПВМЛ Б‡ФЛТЛ

з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP ТМУ‚‡ ‰У ЪУ„У, Н‡Н ‚ТВ ЪУ˜НЛ ЛТ˜ВБМЫЪ. б‡ФЛТ¸ Ф У‰УОК‡ВЪТﬂ В˘В ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ 5 ТВНЫМ‰ Т ПУПВМЪ‡ М‡К‡ЪЛﬂ START/ STOP.

СОﬂ УЪПВМ˚ 5-ТВНЫМ‰МУИ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ START/STOP MODE ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ

. ÖÒÎË Ç˚ ÛÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸

‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ, Б‡ФЛТ¸ Ф У‰УОК‡ВЪТﬂ. и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н 5-ТВНЫМ‰МУИ Б‡ФЛТЛ

З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ FADER ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ 5-ТВНЫМ‰МУИ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 34

Fade-in and fade-out

Ç‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

You can fade in or out to give your recording a professional appearance.

When fading in, the picture gradually fades in from black while the sound increases. When fading out, the picture gradually fades to black while the sound decreases.

When fading in [a]

(1) While the camcorder is in Standby mode,

press FADER. The fade indicator starts flashing.

(2) Press START/STOP to start recording. The

fade indicator stops flashing.

When fading out [b]

(1) During recording, press FADER. The fade

indicator starts flashing.

(2) Press START/STOP to stop recording. The

fade indicator stops flashing, and then recording stops.

[a]

STBY REC

FADER

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФО‡‚МУ ‚‚У‰ЛЪ¸ Л ‚˚‚У‰ЛЪ¸ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ. Ф Л‰‡‚‡ﬂ З‡¯ВИ Б‡ФЛТЛ Ф УЩВТТЛУМ‡О¸М˚И ‚Л‰. и Л ‚‚В‰ВМЛЛ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ФУТЪВФВММУ ‚‚У‰ЛЪТﬂ УЪ ˜В МУ„У ЛОЛ ПУБ‡Л˜МУ„У Т У‰МУ‚ ВПВММ˚П ФУ‚˚¯ВМЛВП Б‚ЫН‡. и Л ‚˚‚В‰ВМЛЛ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ФУТЪВФВММУ ‚˚‚У‰ЛЪТﬂ ‰У ˜В МУ„У ЛОЛ ПУБ‡Л˜ВМУ„У Т У‰МУ‚ ВПВММ˚П ФУМЛКВМЛВП Б‚ЫН‡.

ÑÎﬂ ‚‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ [a]

(1)дУ„‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ‡ М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ВКЛПВ

„УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ М‡КПЛЪВ FADER. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡˜ЛМ‡ВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP ‰Оﬂ М‡˜‡О‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ‚‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ÔÂ ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.

ÑÎﬂ ‚˚‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ [b]

(1)ЗУ ‚ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ М‡КПЛЪВ

FADER. àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ‚‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP ‰Оﬂ УТЪ‡МУ‚‡

Á‡ÔËÒË. àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ‚‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ÔÂ ÂÒÚ‡ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÓÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

STBY REC

FADER

To cancel the fade-in/fade-out function

Before pressing START/STOP, press FADER until the fade indicator disappears.

When the START/STOP MODE control is set to

or 5SEC

You cannot use the fade-in/fade-out function.

[b]

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

СОﬂ УЪПВМ˚ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ‚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ/ ‚˚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ

иВ В‰ М‡К‡ЪЛВП START/STOP М‡КЛП‡ИЪВ FADER ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ МВ ЛТ˜ВБМВЪ.

дУ„‰‡ В„ЫОﬂЪУ START/STOP MODE ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ ЛОЛ 5SEC З˚ МВ ТПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ ‚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ/‚˚‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 35

Using the wide mode function

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУ„У ВКЛП‡

You can record a 16:9 wide picture to watch on the 16:9 wide-screen TV (16:9WIDE). The picture with black bands at the top and the bottom on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder [a] is normal. The picture on a normal TV [b] is horizontally compressed. You can watch the picture of normal images on a wide-screen TV [c].

[a] [b]

16:9 WIDE

[c]

(1)Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen.

(2)Press v or V to select 16:9 WIDE, then press

EXECUTE. 16:9WIDE appears on the LCD screen.

(3)Press v or V to select ON, then press

EXECUTE.

(4)Press MENU to erase the menu display.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ 16:9 ‰Оﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ М‡ ¯Л УНУ˝Н ‡ММУП ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В (16:9 WIDE). аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ Т ˜В М˚ПЛ ФУОУТ‡ПЛ Т‚В ı Л ТПЛБ М‡ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ [a] ·Ы‰ВЪ МУ П‡О¸М¸П. аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ У·˚˜МУП ЪВОВ‚ЛБЛУММУП ˝Н ‡МВ [b] ·Ы‰ВЪ ТК‡ЪУ ФУ „У ЛБУМЪ‡ОЛ. З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ф УТПУЪ ВЪ¸ МУ П‡О¸МУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ¯Л УНУ˝Н ‡ММУП ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В [c].

(1)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ. (2)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ 16:9 WIDE, ‡

Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE. 16:9 WIDE

Ôoﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ìa ˝ÍpaÌe ÜKÑ. (3)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ ON, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ

М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE. (4)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ‡МЛﬂ

ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

EXECUTE

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To cancel wide mode

Select OFF in the menu system.

To watch the tape recorded in wide mode

To watch the tape recorded in 16:9WIDE mode, set it to full mode. For details, refer to the instruction manual of your TV. Note that the picture recorded in 16:9WIDE mode looks compressed on a normal TV.

Note on wide mode

You cannot select or cancel the wide mode during recording.

16:9 WIDE

СОﬂ УЪПВМ˚ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУ„У

ÂÊËÏ‡

З˚·В ЛЪВ OFF ‚ ТЛПЪВПВ ПВМ˛.

СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ ОВМЪ˚, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ‚ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУП ВКЛВ

СОﬂ Ф УТПУЪ ‡ ОВМЪ˚, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ‚ ВКЛПВ 16:9WIDE, ‚˚·В ЛЪВ ФУОМУ ВКЛПМЫ˛ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЫ. иУ‰ У·МУТЪЛ ТП. ‚ ЛМТЪ ЫНˆЛЛ ФУ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ З‡¯В„У ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡. м˜ЪЛЪВ, ˜ЪУ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУВ ‚

ВКЛПВ 16:9WIDE ‚˚„Оﬂ‰ЛЪ ТК‡Ъ˚П Ф Л

Ф УТПУЪ В М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ У·˚˜МУ„У ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡. и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМУПЫ ВКЛПЫ

З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ‚˚· ‡Ъ¸ ЛОЛ УЪПВМЛЪ¸ ¯Л УНУЩУ П‡ЪМ˚И ВКЛП ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 36

Photo recording

á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËÈ

You can record a still picture like a photograph for about seven seconds. This mode is useful when you want to enjoy a picture such as a photograph or when you print a picture using a video printer (not supplied). You can record about 510 pictures on a 60-minute tape. Shutter speed is automatically adjusted up to 1/ 1000 depending on the exposure. (1) While pressing the small green button on the

POWER switch, set it to PHOTO.

(2) Keep pressing START/STOP lightly until a

still picture and “PHOTO CAPTURE” appear on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. Recording does not start yet. To change the still picture, release START/STOP, select still picture again, and keep pressing START/ STOP lightly again. If you press the PHOTO button on the Remote Commander when a still picture appears on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder, the camcorder will record that still picture. However, you cannot select other still pictures by using this button.

(3) Press START/STOP deeper.

“PHOTO REC” flashes and the still picture on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder is recorded for about seven seconds. The sound during those seven seconds is also recorded and the pictures appear like an animation on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. You cannot change the POWER switch or press START/STOP during recording.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ, Н‡Н ЩУЪУ„ ‡ЩЛ˛ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ МВТНУО¸НЛı ТВНЫМ‰. щЪУЪ ВКЛП ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ У˜ВМ¸ ФУОВБМ˚П, НУ„‰‡ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ М‡ТО‡К‰‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВП ФУıУКЛП М‡ ЩУЪУ„ ‡ЩЛ˛, ЛОЛ НУ„‰‡ З˚ ‰ВО‡ВЪВ

‡ТФВ˜‡ЪНЫ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛИ, ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ ‚Л‰ВУФ ЛМЪВ (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ). З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ 510 ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛИ М‡ 60-ПЛМЫЪМЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ. лНУ УТЪ¸ Б‡Ъ‚У ‡ В„ЫОЛ ЫВЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ‰У 1/1000 ‚ Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ. (1)з‡КЛП‡ﬂ П‡ОВМ¸НЫ˛ БВОВМЫ˛ НМУФНЫ М‡

‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PHOTO.

(2)иЛ‰В КЛ‚‡ИЪВ ТОВН„‡ М‡К‡ЪУИ НМУФНЫ

START/STOP ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ Л “PHOTO CAPTURE” МВ ФУﬂ‚ﬂЪТﬂ ‚ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ. б‡ФЛТ¸ ФУН‡ В˘В МВ М‡˜‡Ъ‡. СОﬂ ЛБПВМВМЛﬂ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУ„У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ УЪФЫТЪЛЪВ START/STOP, ‚˚·В ЛЪВ ‰ Ы„УВ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ Л ТМУ‚‡ Ф Л‰В КЛ‚‡ИЪВ ТОВ„Н‡ М‡К‡ЪУИ НМУФНЫ START/STOP. ЦТОЛ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪВ НМУФНЫ кзйнй М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ, НУ„‰‡ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ ˝ЪУ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ. й‰М‡НУ, З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ‚˚· ‡Ъ¸ ‰ Ы„УВ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МВП ‰‡ММУИ НМУФНЛ.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ START/STOP „ОЫ·КВ.

“PHOTO REC” ·Ы‰ВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸ Л МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ ТВПЛ ТВНЫМ‰. б‚ЫН ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ˝ЪЛı ТВПЛ ТВНЫМ‰ Ъ‡НКВ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ. еЫО¸ЪЛФОЛН‡ˆЛﬂ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ. З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ЛБПВМЛЪ¸ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЫ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОﬂ POWER ЛОЛ М‡К‡Ъ¸ НМУФНЫ START/STOP ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

1,2,3

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 37

Note on the still picture

When the still picture recorded on this camcorder is played back on another VCR, the picture may be blurred. This is not malfunction.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУПЫ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛ˛ дУ„‰‡ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ, БaФЛc‡ММУВ М‡ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В, ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪТﬂ М‡ ‰ Ы„УП дЗе, ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ‡БП˚Ъ˚П. щЪУ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸˛.

Printing the still picture

You can print a still picture by using the video printer (not supplied). Connect the video printer using the supplied S video connecting cable. Refer to the instruction manual of the video printer as well.

AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2

S VIDEO OUT

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

If the video printer is not equipped with S VIDEO input

Use the supplied A/V connecting cable. Connect it to the AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 jack and connect the yellow plug of the cable to the VIDEO input of the video printer.

ê‡ÒÔÂ˜‡ÚÍ‡ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ

З˚ ПУКВЪВ М‡ФВ˜‡Ъ‡Ъ¸ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ‚Л‰ВУФ ЛМЪВ ‡ (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ). иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВО¸ Н ‚Л‰ВУФЛМЪВ Ы Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ S-‚Л‰ВУ. лПУЪ ЛЪВ Ъ‡НКВ ЫНУ‚У‰ТЪ‚У ФУ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ ‚Л‰ВУФЛМЪВ‡.

Video printer

ЗЛ‰ВУФЛМЪВ

LINE IN

VIDEO S VIDEO

ЦТОЛ ‚Л‰ВУФ ЛМЪВ МВ УТМ‡˘ВМ ‚ıУ‰УП S‚Л‰ВУ аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И Н‡·ВО¸ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ. иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И Н‡·ВО¸ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/ ‚Л‰ВУ Н „МВБ‰Ы AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2. З ˝ЪУП ТОЫ˜‡В ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ КВОЪ˚И ‡Б˙ВП Н ‚ıУ‰Ы VIDEO М‡ ‚Л‰ВУФ ЛМЪВ В.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 38

Releasing the SteadyShot function

éÚÍÎ˛˜ÂÌËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË STEADYSHOT

When you shoot, the indicator appears on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. This indicates that the SteadyShot function is working and the camcorder compensates for camera-shake.

You can release the SteadyShot function when you do not need to use the SteadyShot function. Do not use the SteadyShot function when shooting a stationary object with a tripod.

(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen.

(2) Press v or V to select S SHOT, then press

EXECUTE.

(3) Press v to select OFF, then press EXECUTE. (4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

AUTO

дУ„‰‡ ‚˚ Ф УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪВ Т˙ВПНЫ, ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС. щЪУ ЫН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪ М‡ ЪУ, ˜ЪУ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ

‡·УЪ‡ВЪ ‰Оﬂ НУПФВМТ‡ˆЛЛ ‰ УК‡МЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ УЪНО˛˜ЛЪ¸ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ, НУ„‰‡ З˚ МВ МЫК‰‡ВЪВТ¸ ‚ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ. зВ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ Ф Л Т˙ВПНВ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМ˚ı У·˙ВНЪУ‚ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ Ъ ВМУ„Л.

(1) з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ.

(2) з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ S SHOT, ‡

Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(3) з‡КПЛЪВ v ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ OFF, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ

М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(4) з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ ‡МЛﬂ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ

ÏÂÌ˛.

EXECUTE

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

S SHOT

[MENU]:END

ON OFF

S SHOT

[MENU]:END

ON OFF

EXECUTE

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

OFF

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 39

To activate the SteadyShot function again

Select ON in step 3, then press EXECUTE.

Notes on the SteadyShot function

•The SteadyShot function will not correct excessive camera-shake.

•When the SteadyShot function is released, the

indicator does not appear.

СОﬂ ‡НЪЛ‚ЛБ‡ˆЛЛ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ ТМУ‚‡

З˚·В ЛЪВ ON ‚ ФЫМНЪВ 3, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ

• оЫМНˆЛﬂ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ МВ УЪНУ ВНЪЛЫВЪ ˜ ВБПВ МУ„У ‰ УК‡МЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

• дУ„‰‡ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ УЪНО˛˜ВМ‡, ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÚ¸Òﬂ ÌÂ

·Û‰ÂÚ.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 40

Using the PROGRAM AE function

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ PROGRAM AE

You can select from three PROGRAM AE (Auto Exposure) modes to suit your shooting situation. When you use PROGRAM AE, you can get a capture high-speed action, record night views, etc.

Selecting the best mode

Select a proper PROGRAM AE mode referring to the description on each PROGRAM AE mark in the viewfinder or the PROGRAM AE mode indication on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder.

/ SPORTS: Sports lesson mode

Capturing high-speed action in sports such as golf or tennis

/SUNSETMOON: Sunset & Moon mode

Recording sunset, night views, fireworks or neon signs

/LANDSCAPE: Landscape mode

Recording a landscape through a window or wire net

Notes on focus setting

•In the Sports lesson mode, you cannot take close-ups because the camcorder is set to focus only on subjects in the middle to far distance.

•In the Sunset & Moon and Landscape modes, the camcorder is set to focus only on distant subjects.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ‚˚· ‡Ъ¸ У‰ЛМ ЛБ ¯ВТЪЛ ВКЛПУ‚ PROGRAM AE (‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ), НУЪУ ˚И ФУ‰ıУ‰ЛЪ ‰Оﬂ Т˙ВПНЛ ‚ З‡¯ВИ ТЛЪЫ‡ˆЛЛ. дУ„‰‡ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ PROGRAM AE, З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ТМﬂЪ¸ ‚˚ТУНУТНУ УТЪМ˚В ‰ВИТЪ‚Лﬂ, Б‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸ МУ˜М˚В ФВИБ‡КЛ Л Ъ.‰.

Ç˚·Ó Ì‡ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡

Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ Ì‚‰ÎÂÊ‡˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ PROGRAM AE, Ò‚Â ﬂﬂÒ¸ Ò ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂÏ Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ÁÌ‡Í‡ PROGRAM AE ‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ ËÎË ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ˆËÂÈ ÂÊËÏ‡ PROGRAM AE Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ.

/ SPORTS: кВКЛП ТФУ ЪЛ‚М˚ı Б‡МﬂЪЛИ СОﬂ Т˙ВПНЛ ‚˚ТУНУТНУ УТЪМ˚ı ‰ВИТЪ‚ЛИ ‚ ТФУ ЪЛ‚М˚ı Л„ ‡ı, Н‡Н М‡Ф ЛПВ , „УО¸Щ ЛОЛ ЪВММЛТ

/SUNSETMOON: кВКЛП Б‡ıУ‰‡ ТУОМˆ‡ Л ОЫМ˚ СОﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ Б‡ıУ‰‡ ТУОМˆ‡, МУ˜М˚ı ФВИБ‡КВ‚, ЩВИВ ‚В НУ‚ ЛОЛ МВУМУ‚˚ı ВНО‡П

/LANDSCAPE: г‡М‰¯‡ЩЪМ˚И ВКЛП СОﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ О‡М‰¯‡ЩЪ‡ ˜В ВБ УНМУ ЛОЛ Ф У‚УОУ˜МЫ˛ ТВЪНЫ

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НВ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ

• З ВКЛПВ ТФУ ЪЛ‚М˚ı Б‡МﬂЪЛИ З˚ МВ

ПУКВЪВ ТМЛП‡Ъ¸ Н ЫФМ˚П ФО‡МУП, Ъ‡Н Н‡Н ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ЩУНЫТЛ ЫВЪТﬂ ЪУО¸НУ М‡ У·˙ВНЪ˚ Т В‰МВ„У Л ‰‡О¸МВ„У Ы‰‡ОВМЛﬂ.

• Ç ÂÊËÏ‡ı Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ÒÓÎÌˆ‡ Ë ÎÛÌ˚ Ë

О‡М‰¯‡ЩЪМУП ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ЩУНЫТЛ ЫВЪТﬂ ЪУО¸НУ М‡ Ы‰‡ОВММ˚В У·˙ВНЪ˚.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 41

Using the PROGRAM AE function

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ PROGRAM AE

(1)While the camcorder is in recording or

Standby mode press MENU to display the menu on the LCD screen.

(2)Press v or V to select PGM AE, then press

EXECUTE.

(3)Press v or V to select the desired mode, then

press EXECUTE. If you want to change the other modes, repeat steps 2 and 3. The symbol of the selected mode appears on the LCD screen.

(4)Press MENU to erase the menu display.

To return to automatic adjustment mode

Select AUTO in the PGM AE menu. The symbol of the PROGRAM AE mode disappears.

(1)дУ„‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ‡ М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ВКЛПВ

Б‡ФЛТЛ ЛОЛ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ М‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ PGM AE, ‡

Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ ÊÂÎ‡ÂÏÓ„Ó

ВКЛП‡, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE. ЦТОЛ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ ЛБПВМЛЪ¸ М‡ ‰ Ы„УИ ВКЛП ФУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ ФЫМНЪ˚ 2 Л 3. лЛП‚УО ‚˚· ‡ММУ„У ВКЛП‡ ФУﬂ‚ЛЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ‡МЛﬂ

ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

EXECUTE

СОﬂ ‚УБ‚ ‡Ъ‡ Н ВКЛПЫ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ

Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ AUTO ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ PGM AE. ëËÏ‚ÓÎ

ВКЛП‡ PROGRAM AE ЛТ˜ВБМВЪ.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

Note on shutter speed

The shutter speed in Sports lesson mode is from 1/250 to 1/4000.

Note on locking the exposure

If the exposure is locked when using the PROGRAM AE function, the exposure is automatically released when the PROGRAM AE mode is changed.

Notes on white balance setting

•In the Sunset & Moon and Landscape modes, the white balance is automatically set to outdoor mode.

•If the white balance is set to AUTO, it is automatically set when using the PROGRAM AE function.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËÂ Í ÒÍÓ ÓÒÚË Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡ ëÍÓ ÓÒÚ¸ Á‡Ú‚Ó ‡ ‰Îﬂ ÂÊËÏ‡ ÒÔÓ ÚË‚Ì˚ı Á‡ÌﬂÚËÈ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚ 1/250 ‰Ó 1/4000.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ЩЛНТЛ У‚‡МЛ˛ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ ЦТОЛ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛﬂ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ЩЛНТЛ У‚‡М‡ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ PROGRAM AE, ˝НТФУБЛˆЛﬂ ‚УБ‚ ‡˘‡ВЪТﬂ Н ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУПЫ

ВКЛПЫ, НУ„‰‡ ЛБПВМﬂВЪТﬂ ВКЛП PROGRAM

AE. è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÂ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó

• З ВКЛП‡ı Б‡ıУ‰‡ ТУОМˆ‡ Л ОЫМ˚ Л О‡М‰¯‡ЩЪМУП ·‡О‡МТ ·ВОУ„У ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ЫТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪТﬂ М‡ ВКЛП Т˙ВПНЛ М‡ ЫОЛˆВ.

• ЦТОЛ ·‡О‡МТ ·ВО„У„У ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ AUTO, УМ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ЫТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪТﬂ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ PROGRAM AE.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 42

Focusing manually

кЫ˜М‡ﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚Н‡

When to use manual focus

In the following cases you should obtain better results by adjusting the focus manually.

[a] [b] [c] [d]

•Insufficient light [a]

•Subjects with little contrast — walls, sky, etc.

[b]

•Too much brightness behind the subject [c]

•Horizontal stripes [d]

•Subjects through frosted glass

•Subjects beyond nets, etc.

•Bright subject or subject reflecting light

•Shooting a stationary subject when using a tripod

дУ„‰‡ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ Ы˜МЫ˛ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЫ

З ТОВ‰Ы˛˘Лı ТОЫ˜‡ﬂı З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪ¸ ОЫ˜¯ЛВ ВБЫО¸Ъ‡Ъ˚, УЪ В„ЫОЛ У‚‡‚ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЫ ‚ Ы˜МЫ˛.

• çÂ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓÂ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËÂ [a]

• é·˙ÂÍÚ˚ Ò Ï‡Î˚Ï ÍÓÌÚ ‡ÒÚÓÏ - ÒÚÂÌ˚, ÌÂ·Ó Ë Ú.‰. [b]

• лОЛ¯НУП ﬂ НЛИ ЩУМ Б‡ У·˙ВНЪУП [c]

• ЙУ ЛБУМЪ‡О¸М˚В ФУОУТ˚ [d]

• л˙ВПН‡ У·˙ВНЪУ‚ ˜В ВБ П‡ЪЛ У‚‡ММУВ ТЪВНОУ

• й·˙ВНЪ˚ Б‡ ТВЪНУИ Л Ъ.‰.

• ü ÍËÈ Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ËÎË Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ÓÚ ‡Ê‡˛˘ËÈ Ò‚ÂÚ

• л˙ВПН‡ МВФУ‰‚ЛКМУ„У У·˙ВНЪ‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ъ ВМУ„Л

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 43

Focusing manually

кЫ˜М‡ﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚Н‡

When focusing manually, first focus in telephoto before recording, and then reset the shot length. (1)Press FOCUS lightly. The f indicator

appears on the LCD secreen or in the viewfinder.

(2)Turn the focus ring to focus on the subject.

FOCUS

To focus in infinity

Press FOCUS deeply. indicator appears on the LCD secreen or in the viewfinder.

To return to the autofocus mode

Press FOCUS lightly to turn off f or indicator.

Shooting in relatively dark places

Shoot at wide-angle after focusing in the telephoto position.

If lights up

Subject is too close.

и Л Ы˜МУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НВ ТФВ ‚‡ ‚˚ФУОМﬂИЪВ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЫ ‚ ВКЛПВ ЪВОВЩУЪУ ФВ В‰ Б‡ФЛТ¸˛, ‡ Б‡ЪВП ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‡ТТЪУﬂМЛВ Т˙ВПНЛ. (1)лОВ„Н‡ М‡КПЛЪВ FOCUS. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ f

ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÁÍ ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ.

(2)иУ‚В МЛЪВ НУО¸ˆУ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ ‰Оﬂ

ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ М‡ У·˙ВНЪ.

СОﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ М‡ ·ВТНУМВ˜МУТЪ¸

з‡КПЛЪВ НМУФНЫ FOCUS ‰У НУМˆ‡. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ

ÔÓﬂ‚ËÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚

‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ.

СОﬂ ‚УБ‚ ‡˘ВМЛﬂ Н ВКЛПЫ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ

з‡КПЛЪВ FOCUS ‰Оﬂ ‚˚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‡ f ËÎË .

л˙ВПН‡ ‚ УЪМУТЛЪВО¸МУ ЪВПМУП ПВТЪВ и УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪВ Т˙ВПНЫ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ ¯Л УНУ„У Ы„О‡ ФУТОВ ‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ ЪВОВЩУЪУ.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

ЦТОЛ Б‡„У ‡ВЪТﬂ й·˙ВНЪ М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ТОЛ¯НУП ·ОЛБНУ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 44

Adjusting the white balance

êÂ„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡

·ÂÎÓ„Ó

White balance adjustment makes white subjects look white and allows more natural colour balance for camera recording. Normally white balance is automatically adjusted. You can obtain better results by adjusting the white balance manually when lighting conditions change quickly or when recording outdoors: e.g., neon signs, fireworks.

Selecting the Appropriate Mode

Select the appropriate white balance mode under the following conditions.

êÂ„ÛÎË Ó‚Í‡ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‰ÂÎ‡ÂÚ Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ

·ÂÎ˚Â Ó·˙ÂÍÚ˚ ‚˚„Îﬂ‰ﬂÚ ·ÂÎ˚ÏË Ë

ФУБ‚УОﬂВЪ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪ¸ Б‡ФЛТ¸ Т ·УОВВ ВТЪВТЪ‚ВММ˚П ˆ‚ВЪУ‚˚П ·‡О‡МТУП Ф Л Т˙ВПНВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ. й·˚˜МУ ·‡О‡МТ

·ÂÎÓ„Ó Â„ÛÎË ÛÂÚÒﬂ ‡‚ÚÓÏ‡ÚË˜ÂÒÍË. çÓ Ç˚

ПУКВЪВ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪ¸ ОЫ˜¯ЛВ ВБЫО¸Ъ‡Ъ˚ ФЫЪВП

В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ ·‡О‡МТ‡ ·ВОУ„У ‚ Ы˜МЫ˛, НУ„‰‡ ЫТОУ‚Лﬂ УТ‚В˘ВМЛﬂ ·˚ТЪ У ЛБПВМﬂ˛ЪТﬂ ЛОЛ ‚ ЫТОУ‚Лﬂı Б‡ФЛТЛ М‡ ЫОЛˆВ, М‡Ф ЛПВ , МВУМУ‚˚В ВНО‡П˚, ЩВИВ ‚В НЛ.

Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ﬂ˘Â„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡

Ç˚·Â ËÚÂ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ﬂ˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ‰Îﬂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ.

[a] [b] [c]

e Indoor mode

•Lighting condition changes quickly. [a]

•Too bright place such as photography studios

•Under sodium lamps or mercury lamps

w Outdoor mode

•Under a colour matching fluorescent lamp

•Recording a sunset/sunrise, just after sunset,

just before sunrise [b], neon signs, or fireworks

[c]

HOLD mode

Recording monochromatic subject or background

e кВКЛП Т˙ВПНЛ ‚ ФУПВ˘ВМЛЛ

• мТОУ‚Лﬂ УТ‚В˘ВМЛﬂ ·˚ТЪ У ЛБПВМﬂ˛ЪТﬂ.

[a]

• ëÎË¯ÍÓÏ ﬂ ÍËÂ ÏÂÒÚ‡, Í‡Í Ì‡Ô ËÏÂ ,

ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙË˜ÂÒÍ‡ﬂ ÒÚÛ‰Ëﬂ.

• è Ë Ò‚ÂÚÂ Ì‡Ú ËÂ‚˚ı ËÎË ÚÛÚÌ˚ı Î‡ÏÔ. w кВКЛП Т˙ВПНЛ М‡ ЫОЛˆВ

• è Ë ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËË Î‡ÏÔ‡ÏË ‰ÌÂ‚ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡.

• б‡ФЛТ¸ Б‡ıУ‰‡/‚УТıУ‰‡ ТУОМˆ‡ Т ‡БЫ ФУТОВ

Á‡ıÓ‰‡ ËÎË ÔÂ Â‰ ‚ÓÒıÓ‰ÓÏ ÒÓÎÌˆ‡ [b], Ф Л МВУМУ‚˚ı ВНО‡П‡ı ЛОЛ ЩВИВ ‚В Н‡ı [c].

кВКЛП HOLD б‡ФЛТ¸ У‰МУˆ‚ВЪМ˚ı У·˙ВНЪУ‚ ЛОЛ М‡ У‰МУ У‰МУП ЩУМВ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 45

Setting the White Balance

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó

(1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen during recording or Standby mode.

(2) Press v or V to select WHT BAL, then press

EXECUTE.

(3) Press v or V to select the appropriate white

balance mode, then press EXECUTE. Each time you press the button, the indicator changes: AUTO (no indicator) nHOLD n w (outdoor) n e (indoor)

(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

AUTO

(1)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ‚

ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ WHT BAL, ‡

Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡

ФУ‰ıУ‰ﬂ˘В„У ВКЛП‡ ·‡О‡МТ‡ ·ВОУ„У, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE. д‡К‰˚И ‡Б Ф Л М‡К‡ЪЛЛ НМУФНЛ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ЛБПВМﬂВЪТﬂ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛП У· ‡БУП: AUTO (МВЪ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‡) n HOLD n w (Ì‡ ÛÎËˆÂ) n e (‚ ÔÓÏÂ˘ÂÌËË)

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ‡МЛﬂ

ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

EXECUTE

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

AUTO

WHT BAL

[MENU]:END

AUTO HOLD OUTDOOR INDOOR

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To return to automatic white balance mode

Select AUTO in step 3, then press EXECUTE.

EXECUTE

WHT BAL

[MENU]:END

AUTO HOLD OUTDOOR INDOOR

PGM AE WHT BAL D ZOOM 16:9 WIDE S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE

[MENU]:END

OUTDOOR

СОﬂ ‚УБ‚ ‡Ъ‡ Н ВКЛПЫ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ В„ЫОЛ У‚НЛ ·‡О‡МТ‡

·ÂÎÓ„Ó

З˚·В ЛЪВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЫ AUTO ‚ ФЫМНЪВ 3, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 46

Locking the exposure

оЛНТЛ У‚‡МЛВ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ

When to lock the exposure

Lock the exposure by pressing the AE LOCK under the following cases.

•The background is too bright (backlighting)

•Insufficient light: most of the picture is dark

•Bright subject and dark background

•To record the darkness faithfully

•The subject is in the spotlight on a stage

Locking the exposure

Press AE LOCK during recording, standby or PHOTO mode. The AE LOCK indicator appears on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. The exposure is locked at the actual brightness.

дУ„‰‡ Ъ В·ЫВЪТﬂ Б‡ЩЛНТЛ У‚‡Ъ¸ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛ˛

оЛНТЛ ЫИЪВ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛ˛ ФЫЪВП М‡К‡ЪЛﬂ AE LOCK ‚ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘Лı ТОЫ˜‡ﬂı.

• îÓÌ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ﬂ ÍËÏ (Á‡‰Ìﬂﬂ

ÔÓ‰Ò‚ÂÚÍ‡)

• çÂ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓÂ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌËÂ: ·ÓÎ¸¯‡ﬂ ˜‡ÒÚ¸

ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÚÂÏÌ‡ﬂ

• ь НЛИ Ф В‰ПВЪ М‡ ЪВПМУП ЩУМВ

• СОﬂ ıУ У¯ВИ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ ЪВПМУЪВ.

• й·˙ВНЪ М‡ ТˆВМВ ФУ‰ Ф УКВНЪУ М˚П

УТ‚В˘ВМЛВП.

оЛНТЛ У‚‡МЛВ ˝НТФУБЛˆЛЛ

з‡КПЛЪВ AE LOCK ‚ ВКЛПВ Б‡ФЛТЛ, „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ ЛОЛ PHOTO. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ AE LOCK ФУﬂ‚ЛЪТﬂ М‡ К ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ. щНТФУБЛˆЛﬂ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ЩЛНТЛ У‚‡М‡ М‡ Щ‡НЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ﬂ НУТЪЛ.

AE LOCK

To return to automatic exposure mode

Press AE LOCK to turn off the AE LOCK indicator.

Shooting with the sun behind you

If the light source is behind your subject, or in the following situation, the subject will be recorded too dark.

•The subject is indoors and there is a window behind the subject.

•Bright light sources are included in the scene.

•When shooting a person wearing white or shiny clothes in front of a while background, the face will be recorded too dark.

Shooting in the dark

We recommend you to use a video light (not supplied). To get the best colour, you must maintain a sufficient light level.

СОﬂ ‚УБ‚ ‡Ъ‡ Н ВКЛПЫ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ˝ТФУБЛˆЛЛ

з‡КПЛЪВ AE LOCK ‰Оﬂ ‚˚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‡ AE LOCK.

л˙ВПН‡, НУ„‰‡ ТУОМˆВ Ы З‡Т Б‡ ТФЛМУИ

ÖÒÎË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ Ò‚ÂÚ‡ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚÒﬂ ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë Ç‡¯Â„Ó Ó·˙ÂÍÚ‡ ËÎË ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒËÚÛ‡ˆËﬂı, Ó·˙ÂÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï.

• й·˙ВНЪ М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ФУПВ˘ВМЛЛ Л ФУБ‡‰Л У·˙ВНЪ‡ ЛПВВЪТﬂ УНМУ.

•

ü ÍËÂ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Ò‚ÂÚ‡ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡˛ÚÒﬂ ‚ Í‡‰ .

• è Ë Ò˙ÂÏÍÂ ˜ÂÎÓ‚ÂÍ‡ ‚ ·ÂÎÓÈ ËÎË

·ÎÂÒÚﬂ˘ÂÈ Ó‰ÂÊ‰Â Ì‡ ·ÂÎÓÏ ÙÓÌÂ, ÎËˆÓ

·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ÒÎË¯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌ˚Ï.

л˙ВПН‡ ‚ ЪВПМУЪВ

е˚ ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП З‡П ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУЩУМ‡ ¸ (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ). СОﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ М‡ЛОЫ˜¯В„У ˆ‚ВЪ‡ З˚ ‰УОКМ˚ ФУ‰‰В КЛ‚‡Ъ¸ ‰УТЪ‡ЪУ˜М˚И Ы У‚ВМ¸ УТ‚В˘ВММУТЪЛ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 47

Watching on a TV screen

и УТПУЪ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡

You can use the camcorder as a VCR by connecting it to your TV for playback. There are some ways to connect the camcorder to your TV. When monitoring the playback picture by connecting the camcorder to your TV, we recommend you to use the mains for the power source.

If you connect directly to TV

Open the jack cover and connect the camcorder to the inputs on the TV by using the supplied A/ V connecting cable. Set the TV/VCR selector on the TV to VCR. Procedure to play back is the same as when playing back on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. Turn down the volume of the camcorder. To get higher quality pictures in DV format, connect the camcorder to your TV using the S video connecting cable. If you are going to connect the camcorder using the supplied S video connecting cable [a], you do not need to connect the yellow (video) plug of the A/V connecting cable [b].

и УТПУЪ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡ З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В дЗе ФЫЪВП ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ВВ Н З‡¯ВПЫ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы ‰Оﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. лЫ˘ВТЪ‚Ы˛Ъ УФ В‰ВОВММ˚В ПВЪУ‰˚ ‰Оﬂ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы. иЛ Ф УТПУЪ В ‚УТФУЛБ‚У‰ЛПУ„У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ФЫЪВП ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Н З‡¯ВПЫ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы П˚

ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП З‡П ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНЫ˛ ТВЪ¸ ‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В ЛТЪУ˜МЛН‡ ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ.

ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМﬂВЪВ Ф ﬂПУ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы йЪН УИЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ „МВБ‰Ы Л ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Н ‚ıУ‰‡П М‡ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ТВОВНЪУ TV/VCR М‡ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ VCR. и УˆВ‰Ы ‡ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ Ъ‡Н‡ﬂ КВ, Н‡Н Л Ф Л ‚УТФ ЛУБ‚В‰ВМЛЛ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ. иУМЛБ¸ЪВ „ УПНУТЪ¸ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В. СОﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ ОЫ˜¯В„У Н‡˜ВТЪ‚‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛИ ‚ ЩУ П‡ЪВ DV, ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Н‡·ВОﬂ S-‚Л‰ВУ. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМﬂВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ S-‚Л‰ВУТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ [a], З‡П МВ МЫКМУ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМﬂЪ¸ КВОЪ˚И (‚Л‰ВУ) ‡Б˙ВП ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ [b].

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

S VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN

AUDIO IN

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

[a]

[b]

S VIDEO OUT

AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 48

Watching on a TV screen

и УТПУЪ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡

If your TV is already connected to a VCR

Open the jack cover and connect the camcorder to the LINE IN inputs on the VCR by using the supplied cable. Set the input selector on the VCR to LINE. Set the TV/VCR selector on the TV to VCR.

S VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN

VCR

If your VCR or TV is a monaural type

Connect the yellow plug of the A/V connecting cable for video to the VCR or TV. Connect only the white or red plug for audio to the VCR or TV. If you connect the white plug, the sound is L (left) signal. If you connect the red plug, the sound is R (right) signal.

If your VCR / TV has a 21-pin connector (EUROCONNECTOR)

Use the supplied 21-pin adaptor.

AUDIO IN

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

ЦТОЛ З‡¯ дЗе ЫКВ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы йЪН УИЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ „МВБ‰‡ Л ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Н ‚ıУ‰‡П LINE IN М‡ дЗе Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ТВОВНЪУ ‚ıУ‰М˚ı ТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ М‡ дЗе ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ LINE. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ТВОВНЪУ TV/VCR М‡ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ VCR.

[a]

[b]

ЦТОЛ З‡¯ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ЛОЛ дЗе ПУМУЩУМЛ˜ВТНУ„У ЪЛФ‡ иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ КВОЪ˚И ‡Б˙ВП ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ ‰Оﬂ ‚Л‰ВУТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы ЛОЛ дЗе. иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ЪУО¸НУ ·ВО˚И ЛОЛ Н ‡ТМ˚И

‡Б˙ВП ‰Оﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы ЛОЛ дЗе. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ·ВО˚И ‡Б˙ВП, ЪУ Б‚ЫН ·Ы‰ВЪ ФВ В‰‡‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ L (ОВ‚˚П) ТЛ„‡М‡ОУП. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ Н ‡ТМ˚И

‡Á˙ÂÏ, ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂ Â‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ R (Ô ‡‚˚Ï) ÒË„Ì‡ÎÓÏ.

S VIDEO OUT

AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2

VCR

AUDIO IN

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

VIDEO IN

ЦТОЛ З‡¯ дЗе/ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ЛПВВЪ 21¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸ (EUROCONNECTOR) аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И 21-¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚˚И ‡‰‡ФЪВ.

AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2

[b]

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 49

Displaying recording data – data code function

йЪУ· ‡КВМЛВ ‰‡ММ˚ı Б‡ФЛТЛ – ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ НУ‰‡ ‰‡ММ˚ıı

You can display recording data (date/time or various settings when recorded) on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder during playback (Data Code). The Data Code is also displayed on the TV. (1) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen.

(2)Press v or V to select DATA CODE, then press

EXECUTE.

(3)Press v or V to select DATE/CAM or DATE,

then press EXECUTE.

(4) Press MENU to erase the menu display.

COMMANDER

REC MODE BEEP AUDIO MIX DATA CODE LCDCOLOUR

[MENU]:END

VTR4

З˚ ПУКВЪВ УЪУ· ‡БЛЪ¸ ‰‡ММ˚В Б‡ФЛТЛ (‰‡ЪЫ/ ‚ ВПﬂ ЛОЛ ‡БОЛ˜М˚В ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ, ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡ММ˚В Ф Л Б‡ФЛТЛ) М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ (НУ‰ ‰‡ММ˚ı). дУ‰ ‰‡ММ˚ı Ъ‡НКВ УЪУ· ‡К‡ВЪТﬂ Л М‡ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В. (1)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ DATA CODE,

‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡ DATE/CAM

ЛОЛ DATЦ, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ‡МЛﬂ

ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

EXECUTE

COMMANDER REC MODE BEEP AUDIO MIX DATA CODE LCDCOLOUR

[MENU]:END

DATE/CAM

DATA CODE

[MENU]:END

EXECUTE

DATE/CAM DATE

DATA CODE

[MENU]:END

DATE/CAM DATE

COMMANDER REC MODE BEEP AUDIO MIX DATA CODE LCDCOLOUR

[MENU]:END

DATE

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To display recording data during playback

Press DATA CODE on the Remote Commander. Each time you press the button, the indicator changes as follows: When DATE/CAM is selected in the menu system: date n various settings (AE LOCK, white balance, gain, shutter speed, aperture value) n no indicator. When DATE is selected in the menu system: date n no indicator.

When bars (--:--:--) appear

•A blank portion of the tape is being played back.

•The tape was recorded by a camcorder without having date and time set.

•The tape is unreadable due to tape damage or noise.

ÑÎﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı Á‡ÔËÒË ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ

з‡КПЛЪВ DATA CODE М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ. д‡К‰˚И ‡Б НУ„‰‡ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪВ НМУФНЫ, ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ЛБПВМﬂВЪТﬂ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛП У· ‡БУП: ЦТОЛ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚Н‡ DATE/CAM ‚˚· ‡М‡ ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛: ‰‡Ъ‡ n ‡ÁÎË˜Ì˚Â ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË (AE LOCK,

·‡О‡МТ ·ВОУ„У, ЫТЛОВМЛВ, ТНУ УТЪ¸ Б‡Ъ‚У ‡, ‡ФВ ЪЫ МУВ БМ‡˜ВМЛВ) n ÌÂÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ‡. ЦТОЛ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚Н‡ DATE ‚˚· ‡М‡ ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛: ‰‡Ъ‡ n ÌÂÚ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ‡.

ÖÒÎË ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ¯Í‡Î‡ (--:--:--)

• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒﬂ ÌÂÁ‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ‡ﬂ ˜‡ÒÚ¸ ÎÂÌÚ˚.

• гВМЪ‡ ·˚О‡ Б‡ФЛТ‡М‡ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ·ВБ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ.

• гВМЪ‡ МВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМ‡ ЛБ-Б‡ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚ ЛОЛ ФУПВı.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 50

Returning to a preregistered position

ÇÓÁ‚ ‡Ú Í Ô Â‰‚‡ ËÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ Á‡ Â„ËÒÚ Ë Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁËˆËË

Using the Remote Commander, you can easily go back to the desired point on a tape after playback. (1) During playback, press ZERO SET MEMORY

at the point you later want to locate. The counter shows “0:00:00” and “ZERO SET MEMORY” appears on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder.

(2) Press p when you want to stop playback. (3) Press 0 to rewind or press ) to fast-

forward the tape to the counter’s zero point. The tape stops automatically when the counter reaches approximately zero. “ZERO SET MEMORY” disappears and the time code appears.

(4) Press ·.

ZERO SET

MEMORY

STOP

0:00:00

0:12:34

ZERO SET MEMORY

аТФУО¸БЫﬂ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ З˚ ПУКВЪВ ОВ„НУ ‚В МЫЪ¸Тﬂ Н КВО‡ВПУИ ЪУ˜НВ ОВМЪ˚ ФУТОВ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. (1)ЗУ ‚ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ М‡КПЛЪВ ZERO

SET MEMORY ‚ ЪУ˜НВ, НУЪУ Ы˛ ФУЪУП З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ У·М‡ ЫКЛЪ¸. л˜ВЪ˜ЛН ·Ы‰ВЪ ФУН‡Б˚‚‡Ъ¸ “0:00:00”, Л “ZERO SET MEMORY” ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ p. НУ„‰‡ З˚ Б‡ıУЪЛЪВ

УТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪ¸ ‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛВ.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ 0 ‰Оﬂ ЫТНУВММУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ

ОВМЪ˚ М‡Б‡‰ ЛОЛ ) ‰Оﬂ ЫТНУ ВММУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ОВМЪ˚ ‚ФВ В‰ ‰У МЫОВ‚УИ ЪУ˜НЛ Т˜ВЪ˜ЛН‡. гВМЪ‡ УТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ, НУ„‰‡ Т˜ВЪ˜ЛН ‰УИ‰ВЪ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ‰У 0. “ZERO SET MEMORY” ЛТ˜ВБМВЪ Л ФУﬂ‚ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ВПВММУИ НУ‰.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ · .

REW

PLAY

Note on the tape counter

There may be a discrepancy of several seconds from the time code.

Notes on ZERO SET MEMORY

•When you press ZERO SET MEMORY, the counter’s zero point is memorized. Press ZERO SET MEMORY again before step 3 to cancel the memory .

•Zero set memory may not function when there is a blank portion between pictures on a tape.

•Zero set memory functions in recording standby mode.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н Т˜ВЪ˜ЛНЫ ОВМЪ˚ еУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ‡ТıУК‰ВМЛВ М‡ МВТНУО¸НУ ТВНЫМ‰ Т Щ‡НЪЛ˜ВТНЛП ‚ ВПВМВП.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í ZERO SET MEMORY

• дУ„‰‡ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪЛ ZERO SET MEMORY, Б‡ФУПЛМ‡ВЪТﬂ МЫОВ‚‡ﬂ ЪУ˜Н‡ Т˜ВЪ˜ЛН‡. лМУ‚‡ М‡КПЛЪВ ZERO SET MEMORY ‰У ‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ ФЫМНЪ‡ 3 ‰Оﬂ УЪПВМ˚ Ф‡ПﬂЪЛ.

• б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛВ МЫОВ‚УИ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ МВ

‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÏÂÊ‰Û ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂÏË Ì‡

ОВМЪВ ЛПВ˛ЪТﬂ МВБ‡ФЛТ‡ММ˚В ˜‡ТЪЛ.

• оЫМНˆЛﬂ Б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛﬂ МЫОﬂ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ ‚ ‚

ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 51

Locating the beginning of each scene

й·М‡ ЫКВМЛВ М‡˜‡О‡ Н‡К‰УИ ТˆВМ˚

You can search for the beginning of the recorded picture with the date using the Remote Commander. You can also search for the photorecorded pictures only in the backward and forward direction from the preset position. (1)Make sure that the POWER switch is set to

PLAYER.

(2)Press SEARCH MODE on the Remote

Commander to select date search (search with the date) or photo search (search the photorecorded pictures only).

(3)Press + for upward or = for downward

on the Remote Commander to select the desired picture. Each time you press + or =, the camcorder searches for the next scene.

MODE

З˚ ПУКВЪВ М‡ИЪЛ М‡˜‡ОУ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУ„У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ УФ В‰ВОВММУИ ‰‡Ъ˚ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ. З˚ ПУКВЪВ Ъ‡НКВ ЛТН‡Ъ¸ ЪУО¸НУ ЩУЪУЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ‚ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ М‡Б‡‰ ЛОЛ ‚ФВ В‰ УЪ ЪВНЫ˘В„У ФУОУКВМЛﬂ. (1)ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ POWER

ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PLAYER.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ SEARCH MODE М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ

‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‰Оﬂ ‚˚·У ‡

ВКЛП‡ ФУЛТН‡ ‰‡Ъ˚ (ФУЛТН УФ В‰ВОВММУИ ‰‡Ъ˚) ЛОЛ ЩУЪУ„ ‡ЩЛЛ (ФУЛТН ЪУО¸НУ ЩУЪУЛБУ· ‡КВМЛИ).

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ + ‰Îﬂ Ì‡Ô ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ‚ÔÂ Â‰

ËÎË = ‰Оﬂ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ М‡Б‡‰ М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‰Оﬂ ‚˚·У ‡ КВО‡ВПУ„У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ. д‡К‰˚И ‡Б Ф Л М‡К‡ЪЛЛ + ËÎË = ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ‡ Ì‡ıÓ‰ËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ.

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

To stop searching

Press p STOP.

When you use a recorded tape which has blank portions between pictures

The camcorder may not search for the recorded picture or data may not be stored.

Note on cassette memory

The cassette memory function cannot be used with this camcorder.

Notes on searching

•The camcorder may not search if the beginning of the search portion is too close to the tape head position.

•When you use date search, the camcorder plays back the search picture, and when you use photo search, the camcorder enters playback pause at the point.

СОﬂ УТЪ‡МУ‚‡ ФУЛТН‡

з‡КПЛЪВ p STOP. дУ„‰‡ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ,

НУЪУ ‡ﬂ ЛПВВЪ ˜ЛТЪ˚В ПВТЪ‡ ПВК‰Ы ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂПЛ ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ПУКВЪ МВ М‡ИЪЛ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ Л ‰‡Ъ‡ ПУКВЪ МВ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФУПМВМ‡.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н Б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛНУ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ оЫМНˆЛﬂ Б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛﬂ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ МВ ПУКВЪ

·˚Ъ¸ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡М‡ М‡ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В. и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ФУЛТНЫ

• ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ПУКВЪ МВ ‚˚ФУОМЛЪ¸ ФУЛТН, ВТОЛ М‡˜‡ОУ ТОЛ¯НУП ·ОЛБНУ Н ЪВНЫ˘ВПЫ ФУОУКВМЛ˛ ОВМЪ˚ М‡ „УОУ‚НВ.

• дУ„‰‡ З˚ ‚˚ФУОМﬂВЪВ ФУЛТН ‰‡Ъ˚, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ М‡И‰ВММУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ, ‡ НУ„‰‡ З˚ ‚˚ФУОМﬂВЪВ ФУЛТН ЩУЪУ„ ‡ЩЛЛ, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‚ıУ‰ЛЪ ‚

ВКЛП Ф‡ЫБ˚ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ‚ М‡И‰ВММУИ

ÚÓ˜ÍÂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 52

Editing onto another tape

еУМЪ‡К М‡ ‰ Ы„Ы˛ ОВМЪЫ

You can create your own video programme by editing with any other DV, mini DV, h 8 mm,

H Hi8, j VHS, k S-VHS,  VHSC, K S-VHSC or l Betamax VCR that has

audio/video inputs. You can edit with little deterioration of picture and sound quality when using the DV connecting cable.

Before editing

Connect the camcorder to the VCR using the VMC-2DV DV connecting cable (not supplied) or the supplied A/V connecting cable. Use this camcorder as a player.

Using the DV connecting cable

Simply connect the VMC-2DV DV connecting cable (not supplied) to DV OUT and to DV IN of the DV products.

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТУБ‰‡Ъ¸ З‡¯Ы ТУ·ТЪ‚ВММЫ˛ ‚Л‰ВУФ У„ ‡ППЫ ФЫЪВП ПУМЪ‡К‡ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ ‰ Ы„У„У дЗе ЪЛФ‡ DV, mini DV, h 8 ÏÏ, H Hi8, j VHS, k S-VHS,  VHSC, K S-VHSC ËÎË l Betamax, НУЪУ ˚И ЛПВВЪ ‚ıУ‰˚ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ. З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТПУМЪЛ У‚‡Ъ¸ МУ‚Ы˛ ОВМЪЫ Т МВ·УО¸¯ЛП ЫıЫ‰¯ВМЛВП Н‡˜ВТЪ‚‡ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ Л Б‚Ы˜‡МЛﬂ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ˆЛЩ У‚У„У ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВОﬂ.

èÂ Â‰ ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÂÏ

иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Н дЗе, ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ˆЛЩ У‚УИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВО¸ VMC-2DV (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) ЛОЛ ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И Н‡·ВО¸ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ. аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ‰‡ММЫ˛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В ‚Л‰ВУФОВИВ ‡.

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ˆЛЩ У‚У„У ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВОﬂ

и УТЪУ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ˆЛЩ У‚УИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВО¸ VMC-2DV (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) c „МВБ‰УП DV OUT Л „МВБ‰УП DV IN ˆЛЩ У‚УИ ‚Л‰ВУФУ‰ЫНˆЛЛ.

DV OUT

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

About DV connecting cable

You can record picture, sound and system data at the same time on the DV products by using the DV connecting cable only.

S VIDEO LANC

DV IN

й ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУП ˆЛЩ У‚УП ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВОВ З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ, Б‚ЫН Л ТЛТЪВПМ˚В ‰‡ММ˚В У‰МУ‚ ВПВММУ М‡ ˆЛЩ У‚УИ ‚Л‰ВУ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪЫ В ЪУО¸НУ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ˆЛЩ У‚У„У ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВОﬂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 53

Using the S video connecting cable [a] or A/V connecting cable [b]

Set the input selector on the VCR to LINE.

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ S-‚Л‰ВУ [a] ЛОЛ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ [b]

мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ТВОВНЪУ ‚ıУ‰М˚ı ТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ М‡ дЗе ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ LINE.

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

VCR

AUDIO IN

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

S VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN

[a]

[b]

S VIDEO OUT

AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 54

Editing onto another tape

еУМЪ‡К М‡ ‰ Ы„Ы˛ ОВМЪЫ

Starting editing

(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to

record over) into the VCR, and insert your recorded tape into the camcorder.

(2) Play back the recorded tape on the camcorder

until you locate the point where you want to start editing, then press P to set the camcorder in playback pause mode.

(3) On the VCR, locate the recording start point

and set the VCR in recording pause mode.

(4) Press P on the camcorder and VCR

simultaneously to start editing.

Edición en otra cinta

To edit more scenes

Repeat steps 2 to 4.

To stop editing

Press p on both the camcorder and the VCR.

Notes on editing when using the DV connecting cable

•You can connect one VCR only.

•If you record playback pause picture via the DV jack, the recorded picture becomes rough.

Notes on editing when using the A/V connecting cable

•Press DATA CODE button to turn off the display indicators. Otherwise, the indicators will be recorded on the tape.

•If your TV or VCR is a monaural type, connect the yellow plug of the A/V connecting cable for video to the TV or VCR. Connect only the white or red plug for audio to the TV or VCR. If you connect the white plug, the sound is L (left) signal. If you connect the red plug, the sound is R (right) signal.

•You can edit precisely by connecting VMC-LM7 adaptor (not supplied) and a LANC cable to this camcorder and other video equipment having fine synchro-editing function, using this camcorder as a player.

ç‡˜‡ÎÓ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê‡

(1)ЗТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ˜ЛТЪЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ (ЛОЛ ОВМЪЫ,

НУЪУ Ы˛ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ ФВ ВБ‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸) ‚ дЗе Л ‚ТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ З‡¯Ы Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы.

(2)ЗУТФУЛБ‚У‰ЛЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ ‚

‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ З˚ МВ У·М‡ ЫКЛЪВ ЪУ˜НЫ, УЪНЫ‰‡ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ М‡˜‡Ъ¸ ПУМЪ‡К, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ P ‰Оﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ М‡ ВКЛП Ф‡ЫБ˚ ‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ.

(3)ç‡È‰ËÚÂ Ì‡ äÇå ÚÓ˜ÍÛ ÚÓ˜ÍÛ Ì‡˜‡Î‡

Á‡ÔËÒË Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ äÇå Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Á‡ÔËÒË.

(4)

й‰МУ‚ ВПВММУ М‡КПЛЪВ P Ì‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ äÇå ‰Îﬂ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê‡.

ÑÎﬂ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê‡ ‰ Û„Ëı ÒˆÂÌ

иУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ ФЫМНЪ˚ ТУ 2 ФУ 4.

ÑÎﬂ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚‡ ÏÓÌÚ‡Ê‡

з‡КПЛЪВ p Ë Ì‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ Â Ë Ì‡ äÇå. è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í ÏÓÌÚ‡ÊÛ Ô Ë

ЛТФУО¸ОБУ‚‡МЛЛ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ˆЛЩ У‚У„У ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВОﬂ

• З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪ¸ ЪУО¸НУ У‰ЛМ дЗе.

• ЦТОЛ З˚ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВЪВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ‚ ПУПВМЪ Ф‡ЫБ˚ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ˜В ВБ „МВБ‰У DV, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ·Ы‰ВЪ МВ˜ВЪНЛП.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ПУМЪ‡КЫ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ

• з‡КПЛЪВ НМУФН‡ DATA CODE ‰Оﬂ ‚˚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ У‚ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ. З Ф УЪЛ‚МУП ТОЫ˜‡В ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ·Ы‰ЫЪ Б‡ФЛТ‡М˚ М‡ ОВМЪЫ.

• иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ КВОЪ˚И ‡Б˙ВП ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У Н‡·ВОﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ ‰Оﬂ ‚Л‰ВУТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ Н ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ Ы ЛОЛ дЗе. иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ЪУО¸НУ ·ВО˚И ЛОЛ Н ‡ТМ˚И

‡Á˙ÂÏ ‰Îﬂ ‡Û‰ËÓÒË„Ì‡ÎÓ‚ Í ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓ Û

ЛОЛ дЗе. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ·ВО˚И

‡Б˙ВП, ЪУ Б‚ЫН ·Ы‰ВЪ ФВ В‰‡‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ L (ОВ‚˚П) ТЛ„‡М‡ОУП. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ Н ‡ТМ˚И ‡Б˙ВП, ЪУ Б‚ЫН ·Ы‰ВЪ ФВ В‰‡‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ R (Ф ‡‚˚П) ТЛ„М‡ОУП.

• З˚ ПУКВЪВ ‚˚ФУОМЛЪ¸ ЪУ˜М˚И ПУМЪ‡К ФЫЪВП ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ VMC-LM7 (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) Л Н‡·ВОﬂ LANC Н ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Л ‰Ы„УИ ‚Л‰ВУ‡ФФ‡‡ЪЫ В, ЛПВ˛˘ВИ ЩЫМНˆЛ˛ ЪУ˜МУ„У ТЛМı УММУ„У ПУМЪ‡К‡, ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ ‰‡ММЫ˛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚В ‚Л‰ВУФОВИВ ‡.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 55

Audio dubbing

èÂ ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ

You can record an audio sound to add to the original sound on a tape by connecting audio equipment or a microphone. If you use the VMC-LM7 adaptor (not supplied) to connect the audio equipment, you can add a sound on your recorded tape by specifying starting and ending points. The original sound will not be erased. You can only operate with the Remote Commander.

VMC-LM7 adaptor (not supplied)

Ä‰‡ÔÚÂ VMC-LM7 (ÌÂ Ô ËÎ‡„‡ÂÚÒﬂ)

RK-G128 connecting cable (not supplied)

лУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И Н‡·ВО¸ RK-G128 (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ)

Signal flow/ èÂ Â‰‡˜‡ ÒË„Ì‡Î‡

З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ Б‚ЫНУ‚УВ ТУФ У‚УК‰ВМЛВ ‰Оﬂ ‰У·‡‚ОВМЛﬂ Н ЛТıУ‰МУПЫ Б‚ЫНЫ М‡ ОВМЪВ ФЫЪВП ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪЫ ˚ ЛОЛ ПЛН УЩУМ‡. ЦТОЛ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‡‰‡ФЪВ VMC-LM7 (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) ‰Оﬂ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ‡Ы‰ЛУ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪЫ ˚, З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸ Б‚ЫН М‡ З‡¯Ы Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ ФЫЪВП ЫН‡Б‡МЛﬂ М‡˜‡О¸МУИ Л НУМВ˜МУИ ЪУ˜НЛ. аТıУ‰М˚И Б‚ЫН МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ ТЪВ Ъ. З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЫФ ‡‚ОﬂЪ¸ ЪУО¸НУ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

Audio equipment

ДЫ‰ЛУЛТЪУ˜МЛН

LINE OUT

Advanced operations / ìÒÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌ˚Â ÓÔÂ ‡ˆËË

When using an external microphone, connect it to the MIC jack of the VMC-LM7 adaptor. If you record the sound using the built-in microphone, you do not need to connect the VMC-LM7 adaptor.

Notes on audio dubbing

• A new sound cannot be recorded on a tape already recorded in the 16-bit mode (32 kHz,

44.1 kHz or 48 kHz).

• When an external microphone is not connected, the recording will be made through the built-in microphone of the camcorder.

• A new sound cannot be recorded on a tape already recorded in the LP mode.

• If you add a new sound on a tape recorded by other camcorder (including DCR-PC7E), the sound quality may become worse.

и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‚МВ¯МВ„У ПЛН УЩУМ‡ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ В„У Н „МВБ‰Ы MIC ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ VMC-LM7. ЦТОЛ З˚ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВЪВ Б‚ЫН Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ‚ТЪ УВММУ„У ПЛН УЩУМ‡, З‡П МВМЫКМУ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМﬂЪ¸ ‡‰‡ФЪВ VMC-LM7.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í ÔÂ ÂÁ‡ÔËÒË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ

• зУ‚˚И Б‚ЫН МВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ‡М М‡ ОВМЪЫ, Ф В‰‚‡ ЛЪВО¸МУ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ‚ 16-

·ЛЪУ‚УП ВКЛПВ (32 НЙˆ, 44, 1 НЙˆ ЛОЛ 48 НЙˆ).

• äÓ„‰‡ ‚ÌÂ¯ÌËÈ ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ ÌÂ ÔÓ‰ÍÎ˛˜ÂÌ, Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌﬂÚ¸Òﬂ ˜Â ÂÁ ‚ÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚.

• зУ‚˚И Б‚ЫН МВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ‡М М‡ ОВМЪВ, Ф В‰‚‡ ЛЪВО¸МУ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ‚

ВКЛПВ LP.

• ЦТОЛ З˚ ‰У·‡‚ОﬂВЪВ МУ‚˚И Б‚ЫН М‡ ОВМЪЫ, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ М‡ ‰ Ы„УИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В (‚НО˛˜‡ﬂ DCR-PC7E), Н‡˜ВТЪ‚У Б‚ЫН‡ ПУКВЪ ТЪ‡Ъ¸ ıЫКВ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 56

èÂ ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔ Ó‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂAudio dubbing

Adding an audio sound on a recorded tape

(1) Insert your recorded tape into the camcorder. (2) While pressing the small green button on the

POWER switch, set it to PLAYER.

(3) On the camcorder, press · to set it to

playback mode, and then locate the point where the recording ends by pressing 0 or ). Then press P to set it to playback pause mode.

(4) Press ZERO SET MEMORY on the Remote

Commander. The ZERO SET MEMORY indicator flashes and the end point of the recording is stored in memory.

(5) On the camcorder, locate the point where the

recording should begin by pressing 0 or ). Then press P to set it to playback pause mode.

(6) Press AUDIO DUB on the Remote

Commander.

(7) Press P on the camcorder and at the same

time start playing back the audio you want to record. The new sound will be recorded in stereo 2. The recorded sound in stereo 1 is not heard.

The recording stops automatically near the counter's zero point. Press p to set the camcorder to stop mode. You can add the sound not using zero set memory function.

To change the end point

Press ZERO SET MEMORY on the Remote Commander so that the ZERO SET MEMORY indicator disappears and begin from step 3.

To play back the new recorded sound

Adjust the balance between the original sound (stereo 1) and the new sound (stereo 2) by selecting AUDIO MIX in menu system.

СУ·‡‚ОВМЛВ Б‚ЫНУ‚У„У ТУФ У‚УК‰ВМЛﬂ М‡ Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ

(1)ЗТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ З‡¯Ы Б‡ФЛТ‡ММЫ˛ Н‡ТТВЪЫ ‚

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ Û.

(2)з‡КЛП‡ﬂ П‡ОВМ¸НЫ˛ БВОВМЫ˛ НМУФНЫ М‡

‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PLAYER.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ · Ì‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ Â ‰Îﬂ

ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ВВ М‡ ВКЛП ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡И‰ЛЪВ ЪУ˜НЫ УНУМ˜‡МЛﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ФЫЪВП М‡К‡ЪЛﬂ 0 ЛОЛ ). б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ P ‰Îﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚ Ì‡ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ ZERO SET MEMORY М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ

‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ZERO SET MEMORY ·Ы‰ВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸ Л НУМВ˜М‡ﬂ ЪУ˜Н‡ Б‡ФЛТЛ Б‡МУТЛЪТﬂ ‚ Ф‡ПﬂЪ¸.

(5)ç‡È‰ËÚÂ ÚÓ˜ÍÛ, „‰Â Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ‰ÓÎÊÌ‡

М‡˜‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ФЫЪВП М‡К‡ЪЛﬂ 0 ЛОЛ ) М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В. б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ P ‰Оﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ М‡ ВКЛП Ф‡ЫБ˚ ‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ.

(6)з‡КПЛЪВ AUDIO DUB М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ

‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

(7)з‡КПЛЪВ P Ì‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ Â Ë

У‰МУ‚ ВПВММУ М‡˜МЛЪВ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ¸ ‡Ы‰ЛУЛТЪУ˜МЛН, НУЪУ ˚И З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ Б‡ФЛТ‡Ъ¸. зУ‚˚И Б‚ЫН ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ФЛТ‡М ‚ ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛПВ 2. б‡ФЛТ‡ММ˚И Б‚ЫН ‚

ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛПВ 1 ТО˚¯ВМ МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ. б‡ФЛТ¸ УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ ‚·ОЛБЛ МЫОВ‚УИ ЪУ˜НЛ Т˜ВЪ˜ЛН‡. з‡КПЛЪВ p ‰Оﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ М‡ ВКЛП УТЪ‡МУ‚‡. З˚ ПУКВЪВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡Ъ¸ Б‚ЫН ·ВБ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ Б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛﬂ МЫОВ‚УИ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ.

СОﬂ ЛБПВМВМЛﬂ НУМВ˜МУИ ЪУ˜НЛ

з‡КПЛЪВ ZERO SET MEMORY М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ·˚ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ZERO SET MEMORY ЛТ˜ВБ Л М‡˜ЛМ‡ИЪВ УФﬂЪ¸ Т ФЫМНЪ‡ 3.

ÑÎﬂ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ÌÓ‚Ó„Ó Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍ‡

йЪ В„ЫОЛ ЫИЪВ ·‡О‡МТ ПВК‰Ы ЛТıУ‰М˚П Б‚ЫНУП (ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛП 1) Л МУ‚˚П Б‚ЫНУП (ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛП 2) ФЫЪВП ‚˚·У ‡ AUDIO MIX ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Page 57

Additional information

СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

Charging the vanadiumlithium battery in the camcorder

Your camcorder is supplied with a vanadiumlithium battery installed so as to retain the date and time, etc., regardless of the setting of the POWER switch. The vanadium-lithium battery is always charged as long as you are using the camcorder. The battery, however, will get discharged gradually if you do not use the camcorder. It will be completely discharged in about 1/2 year if you do not use the camcorder at all. Even if the vanadium-lithium battery is not charged, it will not affect the camcorder operation. To retain the date and time, etc., charge the battery if the battery is discharged. The following are charging methods:

•Connect the camcorder to mains using the supplied AC power adaptor, and leave the camcorder with the POWER switch turned off for more than 24 hours.

•Or, install the fully charged battery pack in the camcorder, and leave the camcorder with the POWER switch turned off for more than 24 hours.

б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚УОЛЪЛВ‚УИ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В

З‡¯‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ УТМ‡˘ВМ‡ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚УОЛЪЛВ‚УИ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНУИ ‰Оﬂ ТУı ‡МВМЛﬂ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ Л Ъ.‰., МВБ‡‚ЛТЛПУ УЪ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОﬂ POWER. З‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚‡ﬂ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИН‡ ‚ТВ„‰‡ ФУ‰Б‡ ﬂК‡ВЪТﬂ, ФУН‡ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы. й‰М‡НУ,

·‡Ъ‡ ВИН‡ ФУТЪВФВММУ ·Ы‰ВЪ ‡БﬂК‡Ъ¸Тﬂ, ВТОЛ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы П‡ОУ ‚ ВПВМЛ. йМ‡ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂ‰ЛЪТﬂ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ Б‡ ФУО„У‰‡, ВТОЛ З˚ МВ

·Ы‰ВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУ„У ФВ ЛУ‰‡. С‡КВ ВТОЛ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚УОЛЪЛВ‚‡ﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИН‡ МВ Б‡ ﬂКВМ‡, ˝ЪУ МВ

·Ы‰ВЪ ‚ОЛﬂЪ¸ М‡ ‡·УЪЫ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚. СОﬂ ТУı ‡МВМЛﬂ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ Л Ъ.‰. Б‡ ﬂК‡ИЪВ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ, ÂÒÎË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍ‡ ‡Á ﬂÊÂÌ‡. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÂ ÏÂÚÓ‰˚ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË:

• иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Н ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВВП. ЪУН‡ Л УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Ф Л ‚˚НО˛˜ВММУП ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER

·ÓÎÂÂ, ˜ÂÏ Ì‡ 24 ˜‡Ò‡.

•

мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚И

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Ф Л ‚˚НО˛˜ВММУП ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER ·УОВВ, ˜ВП М‡ 24 ˜‡Т‡.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

When disposing of the camcorder

Remove the vanadium-lithium battery, and dispose of the camcorder and the vanadiumlithium battery according to the disposal system in your country. The vanadium-lithium battery is installed in the cassette compartment.

(1)Remove the four screws at the bottom. (2)Remove the panel using a screwdriver. (3)Remove the two small screws on the circuit

board and dispose of it together with the vanadium-lithium battery.

è Ë ÎËÍ‚Ë‰‡ˆËË ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚

м‰‡ОЛЪВ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚Ы˛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЫ Л ОЛН‚Л‰Л ЫИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚УОЛЪЛВ‚Ы˛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЫ ‚ ТУУЪ‚ВЪТЪ‚ЛЛ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ ОЛН‚Л‰‡ˆЛЛ ‚ З‡¯ВИ ТЪ ‡МВ. З‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚‡ﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИН‡ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ ‚ Н‡ТТВЪМУП УЪТВНВ.

(1)йЪН ЫЪЛЪВ ˜ВЪ˚ В ‚ЛМЪ‡ М‡ ‰МЛ˘В. (2)

лМЛПЛЪВ Ф‡МВО¸ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП УЪ‚В ЪНЛ.

(3)йЪН ЫЪЛЪВ ‰‚‡ П‡ОВМ¸НЛı ‚ЛМЪ‡ М‡

ПУМЪ‡КМУИ ФО‡ЪВ Л ОЛН‚Л‰Л ЫИЪВ ‚ПВТЪВ Т ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚УИ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНУИ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 58

Resetting the date and time

мТЪ‡МУ‚Н‡ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ

The date and time are set at the factory. Set the time according to your local time. If you do not use the camcorder for about a year, the date and time settings may be released (bars may appear) because the vanadium-lithium battery installed in the camcorder will have been discharged. In this case, first charge the vanadium-lithium battery, then reset the date and time. (1) While pressing the small green button on the

POWER switch, set it to CAMERA.

(2) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen.

(3) Select CLOCK SET, then press EXECUTE. (4) Press v or V to adjust the year, and then press

EXECUTE.

(5) Set the month, day, hour and minutes by

pressing v or V and pressing EXECUTE.

(6) Press MENU to erase the menu display.

POWER

PLAYER

OFF

CAMERA

PHOTO

2,6

С‡Ъ‡ Л ‚ ВПﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ˚ М‡ Б‡‚У‰В. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‚ ВПﬂ ‚ ТУУЪ‚ВЪТЪ‚ЛЛ Т ПВТЪМ˚П ‚ ВПВМВП. ЦТОЛ З˚ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ У‰МУ„У „У‰‡, ЪУ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ ПУ„ЫЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ЫЪВ ﬂМ˚ (ФУﬂ‚Оﬂ˛ЪТﬂ ˜В ЪУ˜НЛ) ‚ТОВ‰ТЪ‚ЛВ ‡Б ﬂ‰НЛ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚УИ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВММУИ ‚ З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В. З Ъ‡НУП ТОЫ˜‡В ТФВ ‚‡ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛЪВ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚Ы˛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЫ, ‡ Б‡ЪВП ТМУ‚‡ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‰‡ЪЫ Л ‚ ВПﬂ. (1)з‡КЛП‡ﬂ П‡ОВМ¸НЫ˛ БВОВМЫ˛ НМУФНЫ М‡

‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВОВ POWER, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA.

(2)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ.

(3)З˚·В ЛЪВ CLOCK SET, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ

EXECUTE.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ v ËÎË V ‰Îﬂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË „Ó‰‡, ‡

Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(5)мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ПВТﬂˆ, ‰‡ЪЫ, ˜‡Т˚ Л ПЛМЫЪ˚,

ЛТФУО¸БЫﬂ v ËÎË V, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(6)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ‡МЛﬂ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ

ÏÂÌ˛.

CLOCK SET

[MENU]:END

EXECUTE

1996 1 1

12 00

S SHOT COMMANDER REC MODE BEEP REC LAMP LCDCOLOUR CLOCK SET

[MENU]:END

1 1 1996 12:00:00

1996 1 1

12 00

1997 1 1

12 00

EXECUTE

1997 1 1

12 00

1997 7 1

12 00

EXECUTE EXECUTE EXECUTE

1997 7 4

12 00

1997 7 4

17 00

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 59

To correct the date and time setting

Repeat steps 2 to 5.

The year indicators changes as follows:

1996 1997 2029... 2000 ...

Note on the time indicator

The internal clock of this camcorder operates on a 24-hour cycle.

СОﬂ НУ ВНЪЛ У‚НЛ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚УН ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ

иУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ ФЫМНЪ˚ ТУ 2 ФУ 5. аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ „У‰‡ ЛБПВМﬂВЪТﬂ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛП

Ó· ‡ÁÓÏ:

1996 1997 2029... 2000 ...

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ Ы ‚ ВПВМЛ ЗТЪ УВММ˚В ˜‡Т˚ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚

‡·ÓÚ‡˛Ú ‚ 24-˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÏ ˆËÍÎÂ.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 60

Usable cassettes and playback modes

аТФУО¸БЫВП˚В Н‡ТТВЪ˚ Л

ÂÊËÏ˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ

Selecting cassette types

You can use the mini DV cassette only. You cannot use any other h 8 mm, H Hi8, j VHS, k S-VHS,  VHSC, K S-VHSC or l Betamax cassette.

When you play back

Using this camcorder, you cannot play back a tape that has recorded a copyright control signals for copyright protection of software. “COPY INHIBIT” appears on the LCD screen, in the viewfinder or on the TV screen if you try to play back such a tape. This camcorder does not record copyright control signals on the tape when it records.

Audio mode

12-bit mode: The original sound can be recorded in stereo 1, and the new sound in stereo 2 in 32 kHz. The balance between stereo 1 and stereo 2 can be adjusted by selecting AUDIO MIX in the menu system during playback. Both sounds can be played back. 16-bit mode: A new sound cannot be recorded but the original sound can be recorded in high quality. Moreover, it can also play back sound recorded in 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz. When playing back a tape recorded in the 16-bit mode, 16BIT indicator appears on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder. You cannot record in the 16-bit mode using this camcorder.

Recording mode

When you play back a tape, the SP/LP indicator on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder shows the recording mode SP/LP.

Note on cassette memory

The cassette memory function cannot be used with this camcorder.

Ç˚·Ó ÚËÔÓ‚ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЪУО¸НУ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ mini DV. З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ Н‡ТТВЪЫ Н‡НЫ˛-ОЛ·У ‰ Ы„Ы˛ Н‡ТТВЪЫ h 8 ÏÏ, H Hi8, j VHS, k S-VHS,  VHSC, K SVHSC ËÎË l Betamax.

äÓ„‰‡ Ç˚ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂ

ëË„Ì‡Î ‡‚ÚÓ ÒÍÓ„Ó Ô ‡‚‡

аТФУО¸БЫﬂ ‰‡ММЫ˛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚ВТЪЛ ОВМЪЫ, НУЪУ ‡ﬂ ·˚О‡ Б‡ФЛТ‡М‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП НУМЪ УО¸М˚ı ТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ ‡‚ЪУ ТНУ„У Ф ‡‚‡ ‰Оﬂ Б‡˘ЛЪ˚ ‡‚ЪУ ТНУ„У Ф ‡‚‡ Ф У„ ‡ПП˚. “COPY INHIBIT” ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС, ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ЛОЛ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ ‡, ВТОЛ З˚ Ф˚Ъ‡ВЪВТ¸ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚ВТЪЛ Ъ‡НЫ˛ ОВМЪЫ. С‡ММ‡ﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ МВ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВЪ НУМЪ УО¸М˚В ТЛ„М‡О˚ ‡‚ЪУ ТНУ„У Ф ‡‚‡ М‡ ОВМЪВ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ.

ÄÛ‰ËÓ ÂÊËÏ

12-·ЛЪУ‚˚И ВКЛП: аТıУ‰М˚И Б‚ЫН ПУКВЪ

·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ‡М ‚ ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛПВ 1, ‡ МУ‚˚И Б‚ЫН ‚ ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛПВ 2 М‡ ˜‡ТЪУЪВ 32 НЙˆ. Е‡О‡МТ ПВК‰Ы ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛПУП 1 Л ТЪВ ВУ ВКЛПУП 2 ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ УЪ В„ЫОЛ У‚‡М ФЫЪВП ‚˚·У ‡ AUDIO MIX ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ. й·‡ Б‚ЫНУ‚˚ı ТУФ У‚УК‰ВМЛﬂ ПУ„ЫЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМ˚. 16-·ЛЪУ‚˚И ВКЛП: зУ‚˚И Б‚ЫН МВ ПУКВЪ

·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ‡М, МУ ЛТıУ‰М˚И Б‚ЫН ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ‡М Т ‚˚ТУНЛП Н‡˜ВТЪ‚УП. дУ ‚ТВПЫ, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ПУКВЪ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ¸ Б‚ЫН, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММ˚И М‡ ˜‡ТЪУЪВ 32 НЙˆ, 44,1 НЙˆ ЛОЛ 48 НЙˆ. и Л ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛЛ ОВМЪ˚, Б‡ФЛТ‡ММУИ ‚ 16-·ЛЪУ‚УП ВКЛПВ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ , 16BIT ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ. З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ Ф УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪ¸ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ‚ 16-

·ЛЪУ‚УП ВКЛПВ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

кВКЛП Б‡ФЛТЛ и Л ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛЛ ОВМЪ˚ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ SP/ LP М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ФУН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪ ВКЛП Б‡ФЛТЛ SP/LP.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н Б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛУ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ оЫМНˆЛﬂ Б‡ФУПЛМ‡МЛﬂ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ МВ ПУКВЪ

·˚Ъ¸ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡М‡ М‡ ‰‡ММУИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 61

Notes on the mini DV cassette

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н Н‡ТТВЪВ mini DV

To prevent accidental erasure

Slide out the protect tab on the cassette so that the red portion is visible. [a]

When affixing a label on the mini DV cassette

Be sure to affix a label on only the location as illustrated below so as not to cause malfunction of the camcorder. [b]

After using the mini DV cassette

Rewind the tape to the beginning, put the cassette in its case, and store it in an upright position.

ÑÎﬂ Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËﬂ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó ÒÚË ‡ÌËﬂ

иВ В‰‚ЛМ¸ЪВ Б‡˘ЛЪМ˚И ОВФВТЪУН М‡ Н‡ТТВЪВ Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ·˚ ·˚О‡ ‚Л‰М‡ Н ‡МТМ‡ﬂ ПВЪН‡. [a]

и Л Ф ЛНОВЛ‚‡МЛЛ ˝ЪЛНВЪНЛ М‡ Н‡ТТВЪЫ mini DV

й·ﬂБ‡ЪВО¸МУ М‡НОВИЪВ ˝ЪЛНВЪНЫ ЪУО¸НУ М‡ ПВТЪУ, ЫН‡Б‡ММУВ МЛКВ ‡ ЛТЫМНВ, Ъ‡Н, ˜ЪУ·˚ МВ ‚˚Б‚‡Ъ¸ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМЛВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚. [b]

иУТОВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ mini DV

иВ ВПУЪ‡ИЪВ ОВМЪЫ М‡Б‡‰ М‡ М‡˜‡ОУ, ФУОУКЛЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ ‚ ВВ ЩЫЪОﬂ Л ı ‡МЛЪВ ВВ ‚ ‚В ЪЛН‡О¸МУП ФУОУКВМЛЛ.

[a]

To record/ÑÎﬂ Á‡ÔËÒË

Slide out to prevent accidental erasure./

èÂ Â‰‚ËÌ¸ÚÂ ‰Îﬂ Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡˘ÂÌËﬂ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ„Ó ÒÚË ‡ÌËﬂ.

[b]

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

We recommend to use an ME cassette

You can get the highest quality pictures with this camcorder using an ME cassette which is the highest quality cassette. You may not get as good quality with lesser quality cassettes.

е˚ ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ Н‡ТТВМЫ еЦ З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪ¸ М‡Л‚˚Т¯ВВ Н‡˜ВТЪ‚У ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ М‡ З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Н‡ТТВЪ˚ еЦ, НУЪУ ‡ﬂ У·О‡‰‡ВЪ М‡Л‚˚Т¯ЛП Н‡˜ВТЪ‚УП. З˚ МВ ПУКВЪВ ФУОЫ˜Ъ¸ ıУ У¯У„У Н‡˜В‚ТЪ‚‡ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ıЫ‰¯Лı Н‡ТТВЪ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 62

Tips for using the battery pack

лУ‚ВЪ˚ ФУ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛ˛

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

This section shows you how you can get the most out of your battery pack.

Preparing the battery pack

Always carry additional batteries

Have sufficient battery pack power to do 2 to 3 times as much recording as you have planned.

Battery life is shorter in a cold environment

Battery efficiency is decreased, and the battery will be used up more quickly, if you are recording in a cold environment.

To save battery power

Do not leave the camcorder in Standby mode when not recording to save the battery power. A smooth transition between scenes can be made even if recording is stopped and started again. While you are positioning the subject, selecting an angle, or looking at the LCD screen or through the viewfinder, the lens moves automatically and the battery is used. The battery is also used when a tape is inserted or removed.

С‡ММ˚И ‡Б‰ВО ФУН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪ, Н‡Н З˚ ПУКВЪВ ФУОЫ˜ЛЪ¸ М‡Л·УО¸¯Ы˛ УЪ‰‡˜Ы УЪ З‡¯В„У

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

èÓ‰„ÓÚÓ‚Í‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

ЗТВ„‰‡ МУТЛЪВ ‰УФУОМЛЪВО¸М˚В

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚Â ·ÎÓÍË

аПВИЪВ ‰УТЪ‡ЪУ˜М˚И Б‡ ﬂ‰ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡ ‰Оﬂ ‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚ 2 – 3 ‡Б‡

·ÓÎ¸¯Â, ˜ÂÏ Ç˚ Á‡ÔÎ‡ÌË Ó‚‡ÎË.

ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ Á‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó

·Û‰ÂÚ ÍÓ Ó˜Â ‚ ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëﬂı

щЩЩВНЪЛ‚МУТЪ¸ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ФУМЛК‡ВЪТﬂ, Л Б‡ ﬂ‰ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ ·˚ТЪ ВВ, ВТОЛ З˚ ФУЛБ‚У‰ЛЪВ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ‚ ıУОУ‰М˚ı ЫТОУ‚Лﬂı.

СОﬂ ˝НУМУПЛЛ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ÎÓÍ‡

зВ УТЪ‡‚ОﬂИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ, НУ„‰‡ З˚ МВ Ф УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪВ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ‰Оﬂ ˝НУМУПЛЛ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡. иО‡‚М˚И ФВ ВıУ‰ ПВК‰Ы ТˆВМ‡ПЛ ПУКВЪ

·˚Ъ¸ ‚˚ФУОМВП, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ·˚О‡ УТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ Л М‡˜‡Ъ‡ ТМУ‚‡. дУ„‰‡ З˚ ФУБЛˆЛУМЛ ЫВЪВ У·˙ВНЪ, ‚˚·Л ‡ВЪВ Ы„УО ЛОЛ ТПУЪ ЛЪВ М‡ ˝Н ‡М ЬдС, У·˙ВНЪЛ‚ ФВ ВПВ˘‡ВЪТﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНЛ, Л ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И

·ОУН ·Ы‰ВЪ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ. Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И

·ОУН Ъ‡НКВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ Ф Л ‚ТЪ‡‚НВ Л Ы‰‡ОВМЛЛ ОВМЪ˚.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 63

When to replace the battery pack

While you are using your camcorder, the remaining battery indicator on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder decreases gradually as battery power is used up [a]. The remaining time in minutes also appears.

[a]

è Ë Á‡ÏÂÌÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

дУ„‰‡ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ УТЪ‡‚¯В„УТﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ Л ‚ УНУ¯НВ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ

ФУТЪВФВММУ ЫПВМ¸¯‡ВЪТﬂ ФУ ПВ В ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ [a]. н‡НКВ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ УТЪ‡‚¯ВВТﬂ ‚ ВПﬂ ‚ ПЛМЫЪ‡ı.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

When the remaining battery indicator reaches the lowest point, the i indicator appears and starts flashing in the viewfinder. When the i indicator in the viewfinder changes from slow flashing to rapid flashing while you are recording, set the POWER switch to OFF on the camcorder and replace the battery pack. Leave the tape in the camcorder to obtain a smooth transition between scenes after the battery pack has been replaced. Depending on conditions, the i indicator may flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes remaining.

Notes on the rechargeable battery pack

Caution

Never leave the battery pack in temperatures above 60°C (140°F), such as in a car parked in the sun or under direct sunlight.

The battery pack heats up

During charging or recording, the battery pack heats up. This is caused by energy that has been generated and a chemical change that has occurred inside the battery pack. This is not cause for concern, and is normal.

äÓ„‰‡ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰‡

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚ Ì‡ËÌËÁ¯ÂÈ

ÚÓ˜ÍË, ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ i ÔÓﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ Ë Ì‡˜ËÌ‡ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ ‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ. äÓ„‰‡ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ i ‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ ЛБПВМﬂВЪ ПВ‰ОВММУВ ПЛ„‡МЛВ М‡ ·˚ТЪ УВ ПЛ„‡МЛВ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Л Б‡ПВМЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. йТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ОВМЪЫ ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В ‰Оﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ ФО‡‚МУ„У ФВ ВıУ‰‡ ПВК‰Ы ТˆВМ‡ПЛ ФУТОВ Б‡ПВМ˚ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡. З Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ У·ТЪУﬂЪВО¸ТЪ‚ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ i ПУКВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ УТЪ‡ОУТ¸ В˘В УЪ 5 ‰У 10 ПЛМЫЪ.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛﬂ Н ФВ ВБ‡ ﬂК‡ВПУПЫ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУПЫ ·ОУНЫ

иВ‰УТЪВ ВКВМЛВ

зЛНУ„‰‡ МВ УТЪ‡‚ОﬂИЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН Ф Л ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ В Т‚˚¯В 60°C (140°F), Н‡Н М‡Ф ЛПВ , ‚ ‡‚ЪУПУ·ЛОВ, Ф ЛФ‡ НУ‚‡ММУП М‡ ТУОМˆВ ЛОЛ ФУ‰ Ф ﬂП˚ПЛ ТУОМВ˜М˚ПЛ ОЫ˜‡ПЛ.

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ Ì‡„ Â‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ

ÇÓ ‚ ÂÏﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È

·ÎÓÍ Ì‡„ Â‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ. ùÚÓ ‚˚Á‚‡ÌÓ

„ВМВ Л ЫВПУИ ˝МВ „ЛВИ Л ıЛПЛ˜ВТНЛПЛ

Â‡ÍˆËﬂÏË, ÍÓÚÓ ˚Â Ô ÓËÒıÓ‰ﬂÚ ‚ÌÛÚ Ë

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡. щЪУ МВ ‰УОКМУ ·˚Ъ¸

Ф Л˜ЛМУИ ‰Оﬂ ·ВТФУНУИТЪ‚‡ Л ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МУ П‡О¸М˚П.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 64

Tips for using the battery pack

лУ‚ВЪ˚ ФУ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛ˛

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

“InfoLITHIUM” battery pack

The “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack is a lithium battery pack which can exchange data with compatible video equipment about its battery consumption. Sony recommends that you use the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack with video equipment having the mark. When you use this battery pack with video equipment having the mark, the video equipment will indicate the remaining battery time in minutes.* However, if you use it with video equipment not having this mark, the remaining battery capacity will not be indicated in minutes. * The indication may not be accurate depending

on the condition and environment which the equipment is used under.

Battery pack care

•Remove the battery pack from the camcorder after using it, and keep it in a cool

place. When the battery pack is installed to the camcorder, a small amount of current flows to the camcorder even if the POWER switch is set to OFF. This shortens battery life.

•The battery pack is always discharging even when it is not in use after charging. Therefore, you should charge the battery pack right before using the camcorder.

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ “InfoLITHIUM”

Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН “InfoLITHIUM” ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ОЛЪЛВ‚˚П ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚П ·ОУНУП, НУЪУ ˚И ПУКВЪ У·ПВМЛ‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ‰‡ММ˚ПЛ Т ТУ‚ПВТЪЛПУИ ‚Л‰ВУ‡ФФ‡‡ЪЫ УИ УЪМУТЛЪВО¸МУ ‡ТıУ‰‡ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡. Sony ВНУПВМ‰ЫВЪ, ˜ЪУ·˚ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡ОЛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН “InfoLITHIUM” Т ‚Л‰ВУ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪЫ УИ, ЛПВ˛˘ВИ БМ‡Н . и Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‰‡ММУ„У ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ÎÓÍ‡ Ò ‚Ë‰ÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ÓÈ, ËÏÂ˛˘ÂÈ ÁÌ‡Í , ‚Ë‰ÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ

ÔÓÍ‡Á˚‚‡Ú¸ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒﬂ ‚ ÂÏﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰‡

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ ‚ ПЛМЫЪ‡ı.* й‰М‡НУ, ВТОЛ

З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ В„У Т ‚Л‰ВУ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪЫ УИ, МВ ЛПВ˛˘ВИ Ъ‡НУ„У БМ‡Н‡, УТЪ‡‚¯‡ﬂТﬂ ВПНУТЪ¸

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ÌÂ ÛÍ‡Á˚‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ ‚

ПЛМЫЪ‡ı. * иУН‡Б‡МЛВ ПУКВЪ¸ ·˚Ъ¸ МВЪУ˜М˚П, ‚

Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ЫТОУ‚ЛИ Л УН ЫК‡˛˘ВИ Т В‰˚ ФЛ НУЪУ ˚ı ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ ‡ФФ‡‡ЪЫ‡.

мıУ‰ Б‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚П ·ОУНУП

• лМЛПЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН Т

‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ ФУТОВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ, Ë ı ‡МЛЪВ В„У ‚ Ф УıО‡‰МУП ПВТЪВ. дУ„‰‡

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, МВ·УО¸¯УВ НУОЛ˜ВТ‚ЪУ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУ„У ЪУН‡ ФУТЪЫФ‡ВЪ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF. щЪУ ТУН ‡˘‡ВЪ Т УН ТОЫК·˚ Б‡ ﬂ‰‡

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡.

• Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ‚ÒÂ„‰‡ ‡Á ﬂÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ,

‰‡КВ ВТОЛ УМ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ ФУТОВ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ. иУ˝ЪУПЫ З˚ ‰УОКМ˚ Б‡ ﬂК‡Ъ¸

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН МВФУТ В‰ТЪ‚ВММУ ФВ В‰ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 65

The life of the battery pack

If the battery indicator flashes rapidly just after turning on the camcorder with a fully charged battery pack, the battery pack should be replaced with a new fully charged one.

Charging temperature

You should charge batteries at temperatures from 10°C to 30°C (from 50°F to 86°F). Lower temperatures require a longer charging time.

ë ÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡

ÖÒÎË ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ÏË„‡ÂÚ

·˚ТЪ У Т ‡БЫ ФУТОВ ‚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Т ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚П

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚П ·ОУНУП, ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ‰УОКВМ ·˚Ъ¸ Б‡ПВМВМ МУ‚˚П ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚П ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚П ·ОУНУП.

нВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ

З˚ ‰УОКМ˚ Б‡ ﬂК‡Ъ¸ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН Ф Л ЪВПФВ ‡Ъ В УЪ 10°л ‰У 30°л (УЪ 50°F ‰У 86°F). ЕУОВВ МЛБН‡ﬂ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ Ъ В·ЫВЪ ·УОВВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУ„У ‚ ВПВМЛ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

Notes on charging

A brand-new battery pack

A brand-new battery pack is not charged. Before using the battery pack, charge it completely.

Recharge the battery pack whenever you like

You do not have to discharge it before recharging. If you charged the battery pack fully but you did not use it for a long time, it becomes discharged. Then recharge the battery pack before use.

Notes on the terminals

If the terminals (metal parts on the back) are not clean, the battery charge duration will be shortened.

When the terminals are not clean or when the battery pack has not been used for a long time, repeatedly install and remove the battery pack a few times. This improves the contact condition. Also, wipe the +, – and C terminals with a soft cloth or paper.

Be sure to observe the following

•Keep the battery pack away from fire.

•Keep the battery pack dry.

•Do not open nor try to disassemble the battery pack.

•Do not expose the battery pack to any mechanical shock.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍÂ

ëÓ‚Â ¯ÂÌÌÓ ÌÓ‚˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ

лУ‚В ¯ВММУ МУ‚˚И ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН МВ Б‡ ﬂКВМ. иВ В‰ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛЪВ В„У.

иУ‰Б‡ ﬂК‡ИЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН, НУ„‰‡ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ

З‡П МВ МЫКМУ ‡Б ﬂК‡Ъ¸ В„У ФВ В‰ ФУ‰Б‡ ﬂ‰НУИ. ЦТОЛ З˚ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛОЛ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН, МУ МВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡ОЛ В„У ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ, ЪУ УМ ‡Б ﬂ‰ЛЪТﬂ. нУ„‰‡ Б‡ ﬂ‰ЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФВ В‰ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП.

è ËÏÂ˜‡ÌËﬂ Í ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡Ï

ЦТОЛ НУМЪ‡НЪ˚ (ПВЪ‡ООЛ˜ВТНЛВ ˜‡ТЪЛ М‡ Б‡‰МВИ ТЪУ УМВ) Б‡„ ﬂБМВМ˚, ЪУ Ф У‰УОКЛЪВО¸МУТЪ¸ ‰ВИТЪ‚Лﬂ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÒÓÍ ‡˘ÂÌ‡. äÓ„‰‡ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ Á‡„ ﬂÁÌÂÌ˚, ËÎË ÂÒÎË

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН МВ ·˚О ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡М ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУ„У ‚ ВПВМЛ, ФУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЫ Л ТМﬂЪЛВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ МВТНУО¸НУ ‡Б. щЪУ ЫОЫ˜¯‡ВЪ ТУТЪУﬂМЛВ НУМЪ‡НЪ‡. н‡НКВ Ф УЪ ЛЪВ НУМЪ‡НЪ˚ +, – Л C Пﬂ„НУИ ЪН‡М¸˛ ЛОЛ ·ЫП‡„УИ.

é·ﬂÁ‡ÚÂÎ¸ÌÓ ÒÓ·Î˛‰‡ÈÚÂ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÂ

• ï ‡ÌËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ Ó„Ìﬂ.

• ï ‡ÌËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÛıËÏ.

• çÂ Ô˚Ú‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ ÓÚÍ ˚Ú¸ ËÎË ‡ÁÓ· ‡Ú¸

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.

• зВ ФУ‰‚В „‡ИЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН МЛН‡НЛП ПВı‡МЛ˜ВТНЛП Ы‰‡ ‡П.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 66

Maintenance information and precautions

аМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ ФУ ЫıУ‰Ы Б‡ ‡ФФ‡‡ЪУП Л ФВ‰УТЪУ УКМУТЪЛ

Moisture condensation

If the camcorder is brought directly from a cold place to a warm place, moisture may condense inside the camcorder, on the surface of the tape, or on the lens. In this condition, the tape may stick to the head drum and be damaged or the camcorder may not operate correctly. To prevent possible damage under these circumstances, the camcorder is furnished with moisture sensors. Take the following precautions.

Inside the camcorder

If there is moisture inside the camcorder, the beep sounds and the { indicator flashes. If this happens, none of the function except cassette ejection will work. Open the cassette compartment, turn off the camcorder, and leave it about 1 hour. When 6 indicator flashes at the same time, the cassette is inserted in the camcorder. Eject the cassette, turn off the camcorder, and leave also the cassette about 1 hour.

On the lens

If moisture condenses on the lens, no indicator appears, but the picture becomes dim. Turn off the power and do not use the camcorder for about 1 hour.

How to prevent moisture condensation

When bringing the camcorder from a cold place to a warm place, put the camcorder in a plastic bag and allow it to adapt to room conditions over a period of time. (1) Be sure to tightly seal the plastic bag

containing the camcorder.

(2) Remove the bag when the air temperature

inside it has reached the temperature surrounding it (after about 1 hour).

äÓÌ‰ÂÌÒ‡ˆËﬂ ‚Î‡„Ë

ЦТОЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ Ф ЛМВТВМ‡ Ф ﬂПУ ЛБ ıУОУ‰МУ„У ПВТЪ‡ ‚ ЪВФОУВ ПВТЪУ, ‚О‡„‡ ПУКВЪ ТНУМ‰ВМТЛ У‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ ‚МЫ Л ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚, М‡ ФУ‚В ıМУТЪЛ ОВМЪ˚ ЛОЛ М‡ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚В. З Ъ‡НУП ТУТЪУﬂМЛЛ ОВМЪ‡ ПУКВЪ Ф ЛОЛФМЫЪ¸ Н

·‡ ‡·‡МЫ „УОУ‚НЛ Л ·Ы‰ВЪ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМ‡, ЛОЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ МВ ТПУКВЪ ‡·УЪ‡Ъ¸ Ф ‡‚ЛО¸МУ. СОﬂ Ф В‰УЪ‚ ‡˘ВМЛﬂ ‚УБПУКМУ„У ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМЛﬂ ‚‚Л‰Ы Ъ‡НЛı У·ТЪУﬂЪВО¸ТЪ‚, ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ТМ‡·КВМ‡ ‰‡Ъ˜ЛН‡ПЛ ‚О‡„Л. лУ·О˛‰‡ИЪВ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛВ Ф В‰УТЪУ УКМУТЪЛ.

ÇÌÛÚ Ë ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚

ЦТОЛ ‚МЫЪ Л ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Ф УЛБУ¯О‡ НУМ‰ВМТ‡ˆЛﬂ ‚О‡„Л, ЪУ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‚Ы˜‡Ъ¸ БЫППВ М˚И ТЛ„М‡О, Л ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ { ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÒÎÛ˜ËÎÓÒ¸, ÚÓ ÌËÍ‡ÍËÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËË, Í ÓÏÂ ‚˚Ú‡ÎÍË‚‡ÌËﬂ Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚, ÌÂ

·Ы‰ЫЪ ‡·УЪ‡Ъ¸. йЪН УИЪВ Н‡ТТВЪМ˚И УЪТВН, ‚˚НО˛˜ЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ВВ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ 1 ˜‡Т. ЦТОЛ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ 6

·Ы‰ВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸ ‚ ЪУ КВ Т‡ПУВ ‚ ВПﬂ, ЪУ БМ‡˜ЛЪ Н‡ТТВЪ‡ ‚ТЪ‡‚ОВМ‡ ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы. З˚ЪУОНМЛЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ, ‚˚НО˛˜ЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ ·ВБ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ Ъ‡НКВ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ 1 ˜‡Т.

ç‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚Â

ЦТОЛ ‚О‡„‡ ТНУМ‰ВМТЛ У‚‡О‡Т¸ М‡ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚В, МЛН‡НЛВ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂЪ¸Тﬂ МВ ·Ы‰ЫЪ, МУ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ТЪ‡МВЪ ЪЫТНО˚П. З˚НО˛˜ЛЪВ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ Л МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ 1 ˜‡Т.

ä‡Í Ô Â‰ÓÚ‚ ‡ÚËÚ¸ ÍÓÌ‰ÂÌÒ‡ˆË˛ ‚Î‡„Ë

ЦТОЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ Ф ЛМВТВМ‡ ЛБ ıУОУ‰МУ„У ПВТЪ‡ ‚ ЪВФОУВ ПВТЪУ, ЪУ ФУОУКЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ ФУОЛ˝ЪЛОВМУ‚˚И Ф‡НВЪ Л ‰‡ИЪВ ВИ ‡‰‡ФЪЛ У‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ Н НУПМ‡ЪМ˚П ЫТОУ‚ЛﬂП Б‡ МВНУЪУ ˚И ФВ ЛУ‰ ‚ ВПВМЛ. (1)й·ﬂБ‡ЪВО¸МУ ФОУЪМУ Б‡НУИЪВ

ФУОЛ˝ЪЛОВМУ‚˚И Ф‡НВЪ, ТУ‰В К‡˘ЛИ Н‡ПВ Ы.

(2)З˚М¸ЪВ Н‡ПВЫ, НУ„‰‡ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡

‚УБ‰Ыı‡ ‚МЫЪЛ Ф‡НВЪ‡ ‰УТЪЛ„МВЪ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ˚ УН ЫК‡˛˘В„У ‚УБ‰Ыı‡ (Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ˜В ВБ 1 ˜‡Т).

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 67

Video head cleaning

é˜ËÒÚÍ‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ

To ensure normal recording and clear pictures, clean the video heads. The video heads may be dirty when:

•mosaic-pattern noise appears on the playback picture

•playback pictures do not move

•playback pictures are hardly visible

•playback pictures do not appear

•the v indicator and “ Ò CLEANING CASSETTE” message appear one after another or the v indicator flashes on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder

If [a] or [b] happens, clean the video heads with the Sony DVM12CL cleaning cassette (not supplied). Check the picture and if the above problem persists, repeat the cleaning. (Do not repeat cleaning more than 5 times in one session.)

Note

If the DVM12CL cleaning cassette (not supplied) is not available in your area, consult your nearest Sony dealer.

ÑÎﬂ Ó·ÂÒÔÂ˜ÂÌËﬂ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸ÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË Ë ˜ÂÚÍÓ„Ó ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ Ó˜Ë˘‡ÈÚÂ ‚Ë‰ÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË. ÇË‰ÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË Ì‡‚Â ÌÓÂ Á‡„ ﬂÁÌÂÌ˚, ÍÓ„‰‡:

• еУБ‡Л˜М‡ﬂ ТВЪН‡ ФУПВı ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛПУП ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛЛ.

• ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚Â ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÌÂ ÔÂ ÂÏÂ˘Â‡˛ÚÒﬂ.

• ЗУТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛПУВ ЛБУ·‡КВМЛВ ЪЫ‰МУФ УТП‡Ъ Л‚‡ВПУВ.

• ЗУТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛПУВ ЛБУ·‡КВМЛВ МВ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ.

• àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ v Ë ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌËÂ “Ò CLEANING CASSETE” ÔÓﬂ‚Îﬂ˛ÚÒﬂ ‰ Û„ Á‡ ‰ Û„ÓÏ ËÎË v ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÏË„‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ.

ËÎË

ЦТОЛ ˝ЪУ ТОЫ˜ЛЪТﬂ ТУТЪУﬂМЛВ [a] ËÎË [b], У˜ЛТЪЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУ„УОУ‚НЛ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ У˜ЛТЪЛЪВО¸МУИ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ Sony DVM12CL (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ). иУТОВ Ф У‚В НЛ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ, ВТОЛ УМУ ‚ТВ В˘В “Б‡¯ЫПОВМУ”, ФУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ У˜ЛТЪНЫ. (зВ ФУ‚ЪУ ﬂИЪВ У˜ЛТЪНЫ ·УОВВ 5 ‡Б Б‡ У‰ЛМ Ф ЛВП.)

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ ЦТОЛ У˜ЛТЪЛЪВО¸МУИ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ DVM12CL (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) МВЪ ‚ Ф У‰‡КВ ‚ З‡¯ВИ У·О‡ТЪЛ, Ф УНУМТЫО¸ЪЛ ЫИЪВТ¸ Ы З‡¯В„У ·ОЛК‡И¯В„У ‰ЛОВ ‡ Sony.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 68

Maintenance information and precautions

аМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ ФУ ЫıУ‰Ы Б‡ ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪУП Л Ф В‰УТЪУ УКМУТЪЛ

Precautions

Camcorder operation

•Operate the camcorder on 7.2 V (battery pack) or 8.4 V (AC power adaptor).

•Should any solid object or liquid get inside the casing, unplug the camcorder and have it checked by Sony dealer before operating it any further.

•Avoid rough handling or mechanical shock. Be particularly careful of the lens.

•Keep the POWER switch set to OFF when not using the camcorder.

•Do not wrap up the camcorder and operate it since heat may build up internally.

•Keep the camcorder away from strong magnetic fields or mechanical vibration.

On handling tapes

•Do not insert anything in the small holes on the cassette.

•Do not open the tape protect cover or touch the tape.

•Avoid touching or damaging the terminals. To remove dust, clean the terminals with a soft cloth.

Camcorder care

•When the camcorder is not to be used for a long time, disconnect the power source and remove the tape. Periodically turn on the power, operate the camera and player sections and play back a tape for about 3 minutes.

•Clean the lens with a soft brush to remove dust. If there are fingerprints on the lens, remove them with a soft cloth.

•Clean the camcorder body with a dry soft cloth, or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of solvent which may damage the finish.

иВ‰УТЪУУКМУТЪЛ

щНТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚

• щНТФОЫ‡ЪЛ ЫИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы УЪ 7,2 З (·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡) ЛОЛ 8,4 З (ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВВП. ЪУН‡)

• ЦТОЛ Н‡НЛУИ-МЛ·Ы‰¸ Ъ‚В ‰˚И Ф В‰ПВЪ ЛОЛ КЛ‰НУТЪ¸ ФУФ‡ОЛ ‚ НУ ФЫТ, ЪУ ‚˚НО˛˜ЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л Ф У‚В ¸ЪВ ВВ Ы ‰ЛОВ ‡ Sony ФВ В‰ ‰‡О¸МВИ¯ВИ ВВ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛВИ.

• аБ·В„‡ИЪВ „ Ы·У„У У· ‡˘ВМЛﬂ ЛОЛ ПВı‡МЛ˜ВТНЛı Ы‰‡ У‚. ЕЫ‰¸ЪВ УТУ·ВММУ УТЪМУ УКМ˚ Т У·˙ВНЪЛ‚УП.

• СВ КЛЪВ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ OFF, НУ„‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ.

• зВ Б‡‚У ‡˜Л‚‡ИЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л МВ ˝НТФОЫ‡ЪЛ ЫИЪВ ВВ ‚ Ъ‡НУП ТУТЪУﬂМЛЛ, Ъ‡Н Н‡Н ПУКВЪ Ф УЛБУИЪЛ ‚МЫЪ ВММВВ ФУ‚˚¯ВМЛВ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ˚.

• СВ КЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ФУ‰‡О¸¯В УЪ ТЛО¸М˚ı П‡„МЛЪМ˚ı ФУОВИ ЛОЛ ПВı‡МЛ˜ВТНУИ ‚Л· ‡ˆЛЛ.

йЪМУТЛЪВО¸МУ У· ‡˘ВМЛﬂ Т ОВМЪ‡ПЛ

• зЛ˜В„У МВ ‚ЪТ‡‚ОﬂИЪВ ‚ П‡ОВМ¸НЛВ УЪ‚В ТЪЛﬂ М‡ Н‡ТТВЪВ.

• зВ УЪН ˚‚‡ИЪВ Б‡˘ЛЪМЫ˛ Н ˚¯НЫ ОВМЪ˚ Л МВ Ъ У„‡ИЪВ ОВМЪЫ.

• àÁ·Â„‡ÈÚÂ Í‡Ò‡ÌËﬂ ËÎË ÔÓ‚ ÂÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚÓ‚. ÑÎﬂ Û‰‡ÎÂÌËﬂ Ô˚ÎË Ó˜Ë˘‡ÈÚÂ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ˚ Ïﬂ„ÍÓÈ ÚÍ‡Ì¸˛.

ìıÓ‰ Á‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ÓÈ

• дУ„‰‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУ„У ‚ ВПВМЛ, УЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ Л Ы‰‡ОЛЪВ ОВМЪЫ. иВ ЛУ‰Л˜ВТНЛ ‚НО˛˜‡ИЪВ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ,

‡·УЪ‡ИЪВ Т ТВНˆЛﬂПЛ Н‡ПВ ˚ Л ФОВИВ ‡ Л ‚УТФ УЛБ‚У‰ЛЪВ ОВМЪЫ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ 3-ı ПЛМЫЪ.

• й˜Л˘‡ИЪВ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ Пﬂ„НУИ НЛТЪУ˜НЛ ‰Оﬂ Ы‰‡ОВМЛﬂ „ ﬂБЛ. ЦТОЛ ЛПВ˛ЪТﬂ УЪФВ˜‡ЪНЛ Ф‡О¸ˆВ‚ М‡ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚В, ЪУ Ы‰‡ОЛЪВ Лı Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ Пﬂ„НУИ ЪН‡МЛ.

• й˜Л˘‡ИЪВ НУ ФЫТ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ‡ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ ТЫıУИ Пﬂ„НУИ ЪН‡МЛ ЛОЛ Пﬂ„НУИ ЪН‡МЛ, ТОВН„‡ ТПУ˜ВММУИ ‡ТЪ‚У УП ЫПВ ВММУ„У ПУ˛˘В„У Т В‰ТЪ‚‡. зВ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Н‡НЛıОЛ·У ЪЛФУ‚ ‡ТЪ‚У ЛЪВОВИ, НУЪУ ˚В ПУ„ЫЪ ФУ‚ В‰ЛЪ¸ УЪ‰ВОНЫ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 69

AC power adaptor

Charging

•Use only a lithium ion type battery pack NPF100/NP-F200.

•Place the battery pack on a flat surface without vibration during charging.

•The battery pack will get hot during charging. This is normal.

Others

•Unplug the unit from the mains when not in use for a long time. To disconnect the power cord, pull it out by the plug. Never pull the cord itself.

•Do not operate the unit with a damaged cord or if the unit has been dropped or damaged.

•Do not bend the AC power cord forcibly, or put a heavy object on it. This will damage the cord and may cause a fire or an electrical shock.

•Be sure that nothing metallic comes into contact with the metal parts of the connecting plate. If this happens, a short may occur and the unit may be damaged.

•Always keep the metal contacts clean.

•Do not disassemble the unit.

•Do not apply mechanical shock or drop the unit.

•While the unit is in use, particularly during charging, keep it away from AM receivers and video equipment because it will disturb AM reception and video operation.

•The unit becomes warm while in use. This is normal.

•Do not place the unit in locations that are: – Extremely hot or cold – Dusty or dirty – Very humid – Vibrating

If any difficulty should arise, unplug the unit and contact your nearest Sony dealer.

ëÂÚÂ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡

á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡

• аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ЪУО¸Н ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН NPF100/NP-F200 ОЛЪЛВ‚У-ЛУММУ„У ЪЛФ‡.

• к‡БПВТЪЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН М‡ ФОУТНУИ ФУ‚В ıМУТЪЛ ·ВБ ‚Л· ‡ˆЛЛ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ﬂ‰НЛ.

• Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Ì‡„ Â‚‡Ú¸Òﬂ ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË. ùÚÓ ﬂ‚ÎﬂÂÚÒﬂ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.

è Ó˜ÂÂ

• йЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ УЪ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ, ВТОЛ УМ МВ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ. СОﬂ УЪТУВ‰ЛМВМЛﬂ ТВЪВ‚У„У Ф У‚У‰‡ ‚˚Ъ‡˘ЛЪВ В„У Б‡ ‡Б˙ВП. зЛНУ„‰‡ МВ ЪﬂМЛЪВ Б‡ Т‡П Ф У‚У‰.

• зВ ˝НТФОЫ‡ЪЛЫИЪВ ‡ФФ‡‡Ъ Т ФУ‚ ВК‰ВММ˚П Ф У‚У‰УП, ЛОЛ ВТОЛ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ ЫФ‡О ЛОЛ ·˚О ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМ.

• зВ Т„Л·‡ИЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ Ф У‚У‰ ТЛОУИ Л МВ ТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ М‡ МВ„У ЪﬂКВО˚В Ф В‰ПВЪ˚. щЪУ ФУ‚ В‰ЛЪ Ф У‚У‰ Л ПУКВЪ Ф Л‚ВТЪЛ Н ФУК‡ Ы ЛОЛ Ы‰‡ Ы ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНЛП ЪУНУП.

• м·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ МЛН‡НЛВ ПВЪ‡ООЛ˜ВТНЛВ Ф В‰ПВЪ˚ МВ ТУФ ЛН‡Т‡˛ЪТﬂ Т ПВЪ‡ООЛ˜ВТНЛПЛ ˜‡ТЪﬂПЛ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУИ ФО‡ТЪЛМ˚. ЦТОЛ ˝ЪУ ТОЫ˜ЛЪТﬂ, ПУКВЪ Ф УЛБУИЪЛ НУ УЪНУВ Б‡П˚Н‡МЛВ, Л ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМ.

• ЗТВ„‰‡ ФУ‰‰В КЛ‚‡ИЪВ ПВЪ‡ООЛ˜ВТНЛВ НУМЪ‡НЪ˚ ‚ ˜ЛТЪУЪВ.

• çÂ ‡Á·Ë ‡ÈÚÂ ‡ÔÔ‡‡Ú.

• зВ ФУ‰‚В „‡ИЪВ ‡ФФ‡ ‡Ъ ПВı‡МЛ˜ВТНУИ ‚Л· ‡ˆЛЛ Л МВ УМﬂИЪВ В„У.

• дУ„‰‡ ‡ФФ‡‡Ъ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪТﬂ, УТУ·ВММУ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ, ‰В КЛЪВ В„У ФУ‰‡О¸¯В УЪ

‡‰ЛУФ ЛВПМЛНУ‚ Де Л ‚Л‰ВУ‡ФФ‡ ‡ЪЫ ˚,

ФУЪУПЫ ˜ЪУ УМ ·Ы‰ВЪ М‡ Ы¯‡Ъ¸ Ф ЛВП Де Л

‡·ÓÚÛ ‚Ë‰ÂÓ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡ÚÛ ˚.

• ÄÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÚÂÔÎ˚Ï ‚Ó ‚ ÂÏﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË. ùÚÓ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒﬂ ÌÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì˚Ï.

• çÂ ‡ÁÏÂ˘‡ÈÚÂ ‡ÔÔ‡ ‡Ú ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ÍÓÚÓ ˚Â: – ó ÂÁÏÂ ÌÓ „Ó ﬂ˜ËÂ ËÎË ıÓÎÓ‰Ì˚Â – è˚Î¸Ì˚Â ËÎË „ ﬂÁÌ˚Â – é˜ÂÌ¸ ‚Î‡ÊÌ˚Â – èÓ‰‚Â ÊÂÌ˚ ‚Ë· ‡ˆËË

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

З ТОЫ˜‡В ‚УБМЛНМУ‚ВМЛﬂ Н‡НЛı-ОЛ·У Ъ Ы‰МУТЪВИ, УЪНО˛˜ЛЪВ ‡ФФ‡‡Ъ Л У· ‡ЪЛЪВТ¸ Н З‡¯ВПЫ ·ОЛК‡И¯ВПЫ ‰ЛОВ Ы Sony.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 70

Using your camcorder abroad

аТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВ З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Б‡ „ ‡МЛˆВИ

Each country has its own electric and TV colour systems. Before using your camcorder abroad, check the following points.

Power sources

You can use your camcorder in any country with the supplied AC power adaptor within 100 V to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz.

Difference in colour systems

This camcorder is a PAL system-based camcorder. If you want to view the playback picture on a TV, it must be a PAL system-based TV. Check the following list.

PAL system countries

Australia, Austria, Belgium, China, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Great Britain, Holland, Hong Kong, Italy, Kuwait, Malaysia, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, etc.

PAL-M system country

Brazil

д‡К‰‡ﬂ ТЪ ‡М‡ ЛПВВЪ Т‚УЛ ТУ·ТЪ‚ВММ˚В ТЛТЪВП˚ ˝ВОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ Л ˆ‚ВЪМУ„У ЪВОВ‚Л‰ВМЛﬂ. иВ В‰ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП З‡¯ВИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ Б‡ „ ‡МЛˆВИ Ф У‚В ¸ЪВ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ЛВ ФЫМНЪ˚.

àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ‚ О˛·УИ ТЪ ‡МВ Т ФУПУ˘¸˛ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВПУ„У ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ ‚ Ф В‰ВО‡ı УЪ 100 З ‰У 240 З ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ 50/60 Йˆ.

к‡БОЛ˜Лﬂ ‚ ТЛТЪВП‡ı ˆ‚ВЪМУ„У ЪВОВ‚Л‰ВМЛﬂ

С‡ММ‡ﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ УТМУ‚‡М‡ М‡ ТЛТЪВПВ PAL. ЦТОЛ З˚ ıУЪЛЪВ Ф УТПУЪ ВЪ¸ ‚УТ УЛБ‚У‰ЛПУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ В, ЪУ ˝ЪУ ‰УОКВМ ·˚Ъ¸ ЪВОВ‚ЛБУ , УТМУ‚‡ММ˚И М‡ ТЛТЪВПВ PAL. и У‚В ¸ЪВ ФУ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ВПЫ ФВ В˜М˛.

лЪ ‡М˚ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ PAL Д‚ТЪ ‡ОЛﬂ, Д‚ТЪ Лﬂ, ЕВО¸„Лﬂ, ЗВОЛНУ· ЛЪ‡МЛﬂ, ЙВ П‡МЛﬂ, ЙУОО‡М‰Лﬂ, ЙУМНУМ„, С‡МЛﬂ, аТФ‡МЛﬂ, аЪ‡ОЛﬂ, дЛЪ‡И, дЫ‚ВИЪ, е‡О‡ИБЛﬂ, зУ‚‡ﬂ бВО‡М‰Лﬂ, зУ ‚В„Лﬂ, иУ ЪЫ„‡ОЛﬂ, лЛМ„‡ФЫ , н‡ИО‡М‰, оЛМОﬂМ‰Лﬂ, т‚ВИˆ‡ Лﬂ, т‚ВˆЛﬂ Л Ъ.‰.

PAL-N system countries

Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay

NTSC system countries

Bahama Islands, Bolivia, Canada, Central America, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Jamaica, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Peru, Surinam, Taiwan, the Philippines, the U.S.A., Venezuela, etc.

SECAM system countries

Bulgaria, Czech Republic, France, Guiana, Hungary, Iran, Iraq, Monaco, Poland, Russia, Slovak Republic, Ukraine, etc.

лЪ ‡М‡ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ PAL-M Е ‡БЛОЛﬂ

лЪ ‡М˚ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ PAL-N Д „ВМЪЛМ‡, и‡ ‡„‚‡И, м Ы„‚‡И

лЪ ‡М˚ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ NTSC Е‡„‡ПТНЛВ УТЪ У‚‡, ЕУОЛ‚Лﬂ, ЗВМВТЫ˝О‡, д‡М‡‰‡, дУОЫП·Лﬂ, дУ Вﬂ, еВНТЛН‡, иВ Ы, лЫ ЛМ‡П, лтД, н‡И‚‡М¸, ЩЛОЛФФЛМ˚, сВМЪ ‡О¸М‡ﬂ ДПВ ЛН‡, уЛОЛ, щН‚‡‰У , ьП‡ИН‡, ьФУМЛﬂ Л Ъ.‰.

лЪ ‡М˚ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ SECAM ЕУО„‡ Лﬂ, ЗВМ„ Лﬂ, Й‡ИﬂМ‡, а ‡Н, а ‡М, еУМ‡НУ, иУО¸¯‡, кУТТЛﬂ, лОУ‚‡ˆН‡ﬂ кВТФЫ·ОЛН‡, мН ‡ЛМ‡, о ‡МˆЛﬂ, уВ¯ТН‡ﬂ кВТФЫ·ОЛН‡ Л Ъ.‰.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 71

English

Trouble check

If you run into any problem using the camcorder, use the following table to troubleshoot the problem. Should the difficulty persist, disconnect the power source and contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility.

Camcorder

Power

Symptom

The power is not on.

The power goes off.

The battery pack is quickly discharged.

The battery pack cannot be installed.

Cause and/or corrective actions

• The battery pack is not installed. m Install the battery pack. (p. 10)

• The battery is dead. m Use a charged battery pack. (p. 7)

• The AC power adaptor is not connected to mains. m Connect the AC power adaptor to mains. (p. 25)

• If the power is still not on after you tried the corrective actions above, press the RESET button on the back of the cassette compartment lid using a sharp-pointed object. (If you press the RESET button, all the settings including the date and time return to the default.) (p. 82)

• While being operated in CAMERA mode, the camcorder has been in Standby mode for more than 5 minutes. m Set the POWER switch to OFF, then to CAMERA. (p. 13)

• The battery is dead. m Use a charged battery pack. (p. 7)

• The ambient temperature is too low. (p. 62)

• The battery pack has not been charged fully. m Charge the battery pack again. (p. 7)

• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged. m Use another battery pack. (p. 25)

• Only an NP-F100/NP-F200 battery pack can be used.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

Operation

Symptom

START/STOP does not operate.

The cassette cannot be removed from the holder.

{ and 6 indicators flash and no function except for cassette ejection works.

“CLOCK SET” appears when the camcorder is turned on.

Continued to the next page

Cause and/or corrective actions

• The tape is stuck to the drum. m Eject the tape. (p. 11)

• The tape has run out. m Rewind the tape or use a new one. (p. 21)

• The POWER switch is set to PLAYER. m Set it to CAMERA. (p. 12)

• The tab on the cassette is out (red). m Use a new tape or slide the tab. (p. 11)

• The battery is dead. m Use a charged battery pack or the AC power adaptor.

(p. 7, 25)

• Moisture condensation has occurred. m Remove the cassette and leave the camcorder for at least 1

hour. (p. 66)

• Reset the date and time. (p. 58)

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 72

Trouble check

Operation

Symptom

The End Search function does not activate.

The tape does not move when a tape transport button is pressed.

No sound or only a low sound is heard when playing back a tape.

The SteadyShot function does not activate.

Recording stops at once.

Recording stops in a few seconds.

The autofocus function does not activate.

The fader function does not work.

Picture

Symptom

The image on the viewfinder screen is not clear.

A vertical band appears when a subject such as lights or a candle flame is shot against a dark background.

The picture is “noisy" or does not appear.

v indicator flashes on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder.

The picture is too bright or too dark.

A vertical band appears when shooting a very bright subject.

The picture does not appear in the viewfinder.

The picture does not appear on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder.

Cause and/or corrective actions

• The cassette was ejected after you recorded on it. m The End Search function will not activate until you

make a new recording after reinserting the cassette.

• The POWER switch is set to CAMERA or OFF. m Set it to PLAYER. (p. 21)

• The tape has run out. m Rewind the tape or use a new one. (p. 21)

• The volume is turned to the minimum. m Open the LCD panel and press VOLUME +. (p. 21)

• S SHOT is set to OFF in the menu system. m Set it to ON. (p. 38)

• The POWER switch is set to PHOTO. m Set it to CAMERA.

• The START/STOP MODE switch is set to 5SEC or . m Set it to . (p. 18)

• Focus is set to the manual mode. m Set it to autofocus. (p. 43)

• Shooting conditions are not suitable for autofocus. m Set focus to manual mode to focus manually. (p. 43)

• The START/STOP MODE switch is set to 5SEC or . m Set it to

. (p. 18)

Cause and/or corrective actions

• The viewfinder lens is not adjusted. m Adjust the viewfinder lens. (p. 13)

• The contrast between the subject and background is too high. The camcorder is not malfunctioning. m Change locations.

• The video heads may be dirty. m Clean the heads using the Sony DVM12CL (not

supplied) cleaning cassette. (p. 67)

• The video heads may be dirty. m Clean the heads using the Sony DVM12CL (not

supplied) cleaning cassette. (p. 67)

• LCD BRIGHT is not adjusted properly. m Press + or – to obtain the brightness you want. (p. 16)

• The camcorder is not malfunctioning.

• The LCD panel is open. m Close the LCD panel.

• Incorporated fluorescent tube is worn out. m Please contact your nearest Sony dealer.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 73

Picture

Symptom

While editing using the DV connecting cable, recording picture cannot be monitored.

Others

Symptom

The camcorder becomes warm.

The supplied Remote Commander does not work.

The CHARGE lamp flashes after you charge the battery pack installed in the camcorder.

No function works though the power is on.

Cause and/or corrective actions

• Remove the DV connecting cable, and connect it again.

Cause and/or corrective actions

• If the power of the cammcorder is on for a long time, it becomes warm, which is not mulfunction.

• COMMANDER is set to OFF in the menu system. m Set it to VTR4 or ID. (p. 86)

• Something is blocking the infrared rays. m Remove the obstacle.

• The battery is not inserted with the correct polarity. m Insert the battery with the correct polarity. (p. 86)

• The batteries are dead. m Insert new ones. (p. 86)

• The camcorder is not malfunctioning.

• Disconnect the connection plug on the battery pack or on the AC power adaptor, then reconnect it in about 1 minute. Turn the power on. If the functions still do not work, press the RESET button on the back of the cassette compatment lid using a sharp-pointed object. (If you press the RESET button, all the settings including the date and time return to the default.) (p. 82)

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

AC power adaptor

Symptom

The VTR/CAMERA or CHARGE lamp does not light.

The CHARGE lamp flashes.

Corrective actions

• Disconnect the mains lead. After about 1 minute, reconnect the mains lead. (p. 7)

• See the chart on the next page.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 74

Trouble check

When the CHARGE lamp flashes

Check through the following chart.

Remove the battery pack from the AC power adaptor. Then install the same battery pack again.

When the CHARGE lamp flashes again

Install another battery pack.

When the CHARGE lamp flashes again

The problem is with the AC power adaptor.

Please contact your nearest Sony dealer in connection with the product with the problem.

When the CHARGE lamp does not flash again

If the CHARGE lamp lights up and goes out after a while, there is no problem. *

When the CHARGE lamp does not flash again

If the CHARGE lamp lights up and goes out after a while, the problem is with the battery pack installed first.

* If you use a battery pack which you have just bought or which has been left unused for a long time, the CHARGE

lamp may flash at the first charging. This does not indicate a problem. Repeat again to charge with same battery pack.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 75

кЫТТНЛИ

и У‚В Н‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪВИ

ЦТОЛ Ы З‡Т ‚УБМЛНО‡ Н‡Н‡ﬂ-ОЛ·У Ф У·ОВП‡ Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚, ‚УТФУО¸БЫИЪВТ¸ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ВИ Ъ‡·ОЛˆВИ ‰Оﬂ УЪ˚ТН‡МЛﬂ Л ЫТЪ ‡МВМЛﬂ Ф У·ОВП˚. ЦТОЛ Ъ Ы‰МУТЪЛ ‚ТВ В˘В УТЪ‡˛ЪТﬂ, ЪУ УЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ Л У· ‡ЪЛЪВТ¸ Н З‡¯ВПЫ ‰ЛОВ Ы Sony ЛОЛ М‡ ПВТЪМУВ ЫФУОМУПУ˜ВММУВ Ф В‰Ф ЛﬂЪЛВ ФУ У·ТОЫКЛ‚‡МЛ˛ Sony.

ÇË‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ‡

èËÚ‡ÌËÂ

è ËÁÌ‡Í

çÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ.

èËÚ‡ÌËÂ ‚˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ·˚ÒÚ Ó

‡ÁﬂÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН МВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ.

ê‡·ÓÚ‡

è ËÁÌ‡Í

çÂ ÙÛÌÍˆËÓÌË ÛÂÚ START/STOP.

д‡ТТВЪ‡ МВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ‚˚МЫЪ‡ ЛБ ‰ВК‡ЪВОﬂ.

è Ë˜ËÌ‡ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëﬂ ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË˛

• çÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 10)

• Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂ‰ЛОТﬂ. m аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚И ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. (ТЪ . 7)

• лВЪВ‚УИ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ МВ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМВМ Н ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ. m иУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВЪВ‚УИ ‡‰‡ФЪВ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡ Н

˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНУИ ТВЪЛ. (ТЪ . 25)

• ЦТОЛ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ ‚ТВ В˘В МВ ‚НО˛˜‡ВЪТﬂ ФУТОВ ЪУ„У, Н‡Н З˚ ‚˚ФУОМЛОЛ ‚˚¯ВУФЛТ‡ММ˚В ‰ВИТЪ‚Лﬂ ФУ ЛТФ ‡‚ОВМЛ˛, М‡КПЛЪВ НМУФНЫ RESET М‡ Б‡‰МВИ ТЪУ УМВ Н ˚¯НЛ Н‡ТТВЪМУ„У УЪТВН‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП УТЪ УНУМВ˜МУ„У Ф В‰ПВЪ‡. (ЦТОЛ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪВ НМУФНЫ RESET, ‚ТВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ, ‚НО˛˜‡ﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ‰‡Ъ˚ Л ‚ ВПВМЛ, ‚УБ‚ ‡˘‡˛ЪТﬂ ‚ ЛТıУ‰МУВ ТУТЪУﬂМЛВ.) (ТЪ . 82)

• и Л ‡·УЪВ ‚ ВКЛПВ CAMERA ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ М‡ıУ‰ЛО‡Т¸ ‚ ВКЛПВ „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ ·УОВВ 5 ПЛМЫЪ. m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ‚˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ OFF, ‡

Б‡ЪВП ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA. (ТЪ . 13)

• Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂ‰ЛОТﬂ. m аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚И ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. (ТЪ . 7)

• нВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ УН ЫК‡˛˘ВИ Т В‰˚ ТОЛ¯НУП МЛБН‡ﬂ. (ТЪ .

62)

• Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ·˚О Б‡ ﬂКВМ МВ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛. m ëÌÓ‚‡ Á‡ ﬂ‰ËÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ. (ÒÚ . 7)

• Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂ‰ЛОТﬂ Л МВ ПУКВЪ

·˚Ú¸ ÔÂ ÂÁ‡ ﬂÊÂÌ. m аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ ‰ Ы„УИ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН. (ТЪ . 25)

• еУКМУ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ЪУО¸НУ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН NP-F100/ NP-F200.

è Ë˜ËÌ‡ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëﬂ ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË˛

• гВМЪ‡ Ф ЛОЛФО‡ Н ·‡ ‡·‡МЫ. m З˚ЪУОНМЛЪВ ОВМЪЫ. (ТЪ . 11)

• ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓÌ˜ËÎ‡Ò¸. m иВ ВПУЪ‡ИЪВ ОВМЪЫ М‡Б‡‰ ЛОЛ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ МУ‚Ы˛. (ТЪ .

21)

• З˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PLAYER. m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA. (ТЪ . 12)

• гВФВТЪУН Н‡ТТВЪ˚ УЪТЫЪТЪ‚ЫВЪ (Н ‡ТМ‡ﬂ ПВЪН‡). m аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ МУ‚Ы˛ ОВМЪЫ ЛОЛ ФВ В‰‚ЛМ¸ЪВ ОВФВТЪУН.

(ÒÚ . 11)

• Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂКВМ m аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Б‡ ﬂКВММ˚И ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ЛОЛ

ÒÂÚÂ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡. (ÒÚ . 7, 25)

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

è Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 76

и У‚В Н‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪВИ

ê‡·ÓÚ‡

è ËÁÌ‡Í

åË„‡˛Ú ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ˚ { Ë 6 , Л МЛН‡НЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ, Б‡ ЛТНО˛˜ВМЛВП ‚˚Ъ‡ОНЛ‚‡МЛﬂ Н‡ТТВЪ˚, МВ ‡·УЪ‡˛Ъ.

иУТОВ ‚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ “CLOCK SET”.

зВ ‡НЪЛ‚ЛБЛ ЫВЪТﬂ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ ФУЛТН‡ НУМˆ‡.

гВМЪ‡ МВ ФВ ВПВ˘‡ВЪТﬂ Ф Л М‡К‡ЪЛЛ НМУФНЛ ФВ ВПВ˘ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚.

зВЪ Б‚ЫН‡ ЛОЛ ЪУО¸НУ МЛБНЛИ Б‚ЫН ТО˚¯ВМ Ф Л ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛЛ ОВМЪ˚.

зВ ‡НЪЛ‚ЛБЛ ЫВЪТﬂ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ.

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ‡ÁÛ ÊÂ ÓÒÚ‡Ì‡‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒﬂ.

б‡ФЛТ¸ УТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪТﬂ ˜В ВБ МВТНУО¸НУ ТВНЫМ‰.

зВ ‡НЪЛ‚ЛБЛ ЫВЪТﬂ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ.

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ ÔÎ‡‚ÌÓ„Ó ‚‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÌÂ ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ.

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ

è ËÁÌ‡Í

зВ˜ВЪНУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ.

ЗВ ЪЛН‡О¸М‡ﬂ ФУОУТ‡ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ, ВТОЛ Ъ‡НЛВ У·˙ВНЪ˚, Н‡Н ЛТЪУ˜МЛНЛ Т‚ВЪ‡ ЛОЛ ФО‡Пﬂ Т‚В˜Л, ТЛМП‡˛ЪТﬂ М‡ ЪВПМУП ЩУМВ.

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ “Б‡¯ЫПОВМУ” ЛОЛ МВ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ.

è Ë˜ËÌ‡ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëﬂ ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË˛

• è ÓËÁÓ¯Î‡ ÍÓÌ‰ÂÌÒ‡ˆËﬂ ‚Î‡„Ë. m м‰‡ОЛЪВ Н‡ТТВЪЫ Л УТЪ‡‚¸ЪВ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы ФУ

ÏÂÌ¸¯ÂÈ ÏÂ Â Ì‡ 1 ˜‡Ò. (ÒÚ . 66)

• ëÌÓ‚‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ‰‡ÚÛ Ë ‚ ÂÏﬂ. (ÒÚ . 58)

•

д‡ТТВЪ‡ ·˚О‡ ‚˚ЪУОНМЫЪ‡ ФУТОВ ‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ. m оЫМНˆЛﬂ ФУЛТН‡ НУМˆ‡ МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ ‡НЪЛ‚ЛБЛ У‚‡Ъ¸Тﬂ

‰У ЪВı ФУ , ФУН‡ З˚ МВ Т‰ВО‡ВЪВ МУ‚Ы˛ Б‡ФЛТ¸ ФУТОВ ‚ТЪ‡‚НЛ Н‡ТТВЪ˚.

• З˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA ЛОЛ OFF. m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪ¸ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PLAYER. (ТЪ . 21)

• ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓÌ˜ËÎ‡Ò¸. m иВ ВПУЪ‡ИЪВ ОВМЪЫ М‡Б‡‰ ЛОЛ ЛТФУО¸БЫИЪВ

ÌÓ‚Û˛. (ÒÚ . 21)

• Й УПНУТЪ¸ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ ‚ ПЛМЛП‡О¸МУВ ФУОУКВМЛВ. m йЪН УИЪВ Ф‡М‡О¸ ЬдС Л М‡КПЛЪВ VOLUME+.

(ÒÚ.21)

• оЫМНˆЛﬂ S SHOT ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ OFF ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛. m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÂÂ Ì‡ ON. (ÒÚ . 38)

• З˚НО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ POWER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ PHOTO. m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ CAMERA.

• иВ ВНО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ START/STOP MODE М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ 5SEC ЛОЛ m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ

• оУНЫТЛ У‚Н‡ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ Ы˜МУИ ВКЛП. m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ВКЛП ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ.

(ëÚ . 43)

• мТОУ‚Лﬂ Т˙ВПНЛ МВ ФУ‰ıУ‰ﬂЪ ‰Оﬂ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ

ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ.

m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЫ М‡ Ы˜МУИ ВКЛП ‰Оﬂ

‚˚ФУОМВМЛﬂ Ы˜МУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ. (ТЪ . 43)

• иВ ВНО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ START/STOP MODE М‡ıУ‰ЛЪТﬂ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛЛ 5SEC ЛОЛ m мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ В„У ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ

. (ÒÚ . 18)

è Ë˜ËÌ‡ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëﬂ ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË˛

• çÂ ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ì Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎﬂ. m éÚ Â„ÛÎË ÛÈÚÂ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎﬂ. (ÒÚ . 13)

• лОЛ¯НУП ‚˚ТУНЛИ НУМЪ ‡ТЪ ПВК‰Ы У·˙ВНЪУП Л ЩУМУП. д‡ПВ ‡ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУИ. m аБПВМЛЪВ ФУБЛˆЛ˛ Т˙ВПНЛ.

• ЗУБПУКМУ Б‡„ ﬂБМВМ˚ ‚Л‰ВУ„УОУ‚НЛ. m й˜ЛТЪЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУ„УОУ‚НЛ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП

У˜ЛТЪЛЪВО¸МУИ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ Sony DVM12CL. (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ) (ТЪ. 67)

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 77

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ

è ËÁÌ‡Í

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ v ÏË„‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ ËÎË ‚ ‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎÂ.

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ ТОЛ¯НУП ЪВПМУВ.

ЗВ ЪЛН‡О¸М‡ﬂ ФУОУТ‡ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ Ф Л Т˙ВПНВ У˜ВМ¸ ﬂ НУ„У У·˙ВНЪ‡.

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ МВ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ.

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ МВ ФУﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС.

ЗУ ‚ ВПﬂ ПУМЪ‡К‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸МУ„У ˆЛЩ У‚У„У ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВОﬂ МВ‚УБПУКМУ Ф УТП‡Ъ Л‚‡Ъ¸ Б‡ФЛТ˚‚‡ВПУВ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛВ.

è Ó˜ÂÂ

è ËÁÌ‡Í

ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪТﬂ ЪВФОУИ.

зВ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‚ОВМЛﬂ.

г‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ПЛ„‡ВЪ ФУТОВ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЛ ·‡Ъ‡-

ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡, ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВММУ„У ‚ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В.

зЛН‡НЛВ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ МВ ‡·УЪ‡˛Ъ, МВТПУЪ ﬂ М‡ ЪУ, ˜ЪУ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ ‚НО˛˜ВМУ.

è Ë˜ËÌ‡ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëﬂ ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË˛

• ЗУБПУКМУ Б‡„ ﬂБМВМ˚ ‚Л‰ВУ„УОУ‚НЛ. m й˜ЛТЪЛЪВ ‚Л‰ВУ„УОУ‚НЛ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП

У˜ЛТЪЛЪВО¸МУИ Н‡ТТВЪ˚ Sony DVM12CL (МВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВЪТﬂ). (ТЪ. 67)

•

îÛÌÍˆËﬂ LCD BRIGHT ÓÚ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚‡Ì‡ ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓ. m з‡КПЛЪВ + ЛОЛ – ‰Оﬂ ФУОЫ˜ВМЛﬂ КВО‡ВПУИ

ﬂ НУТЪЛ. (ТЪ . 16)

• ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУИ.

• éÚÍ ˚Ú‡ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ. m á‡Í ÓÈÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ.

•

ЗТЪ УВММ‡ﬂ О˛ПЛМВТˆВМЪМ‡ﬂ О‡ПФ‡ ‚˚¯О‡ ЛБ ТЪ Уﬂ. m л‚ﬂКЛЪВТ¸ Т З‡¯ЛП ·ОЛК‡И¯ЛП ‰ЛОВ УП Sony.

• йЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ˆЛЩ У‚УИ ‚Л‰ВУН‡·ВО¸ Л ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ В„У ТМУ‚‡.

è Ë˜ËÌ‡ Ë/ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëﬂ ÔÓ ËÒÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌË˛

•

ЦТОЛ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ ‚Л‰ВН‡ПВ ˚ ·˚ОУ ‚НО˛˜ВМУ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУ„У ФВ ЛУ‰‡ ‚ ВПВМЛ УМ‡ ТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪТﬂ ЪВФОУИ, МУ ˝ЪУ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪ¸˛.

• оЫМНˆЛﬂ COMMANDER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ OFF ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛. m ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ÂÂ Ì‡ VTR4 ËÎË ID. (ÒÚ . 86)

• óÚÓ-ÚÓ Á‡Í ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÔÛÚ¸ ËÌÙ ‡Í ‡ÒÌ˚ı ÎÛ˜ÂÈ. m ì‰‡ÎËÚÂ Ô ÂÔﬂÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.

•

Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍ‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ‡ Ò ÌÂÔ ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓÈ ÔÓÎﬂ ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. m ÇÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍÛ Ò Ô ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓÈ

ÔÓÎﬂ ÌÓÒÚ¸˛. (ÒÚ . 86)

• Е‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂКВМ˚. m ÇÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ ÌÓ‚˚Â ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË. (ÒÚ . 86)

• ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ МВ ﬂ‚ОﬂВЪТﬂ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУИ.

•

йЪНО˛˜ЛЪВ ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ‡Б˙ВП ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡ ЛОЛ ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡, ‡ Б‡ЪВП ФУ‰НО˛˜ЛЪВ В„У ТМУ‚‡ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ˜В ВБ 1 ПЛМЫЪЫ. ЗНО˛˜ЛЪВ ФЛЪ‡МЛВ. ЦТОЛ ЩЫМНˆЛЛ ‚ТВ В˘В МВ

‡·УЪ‡˛Ъ, М‡КПЛЪВ НМУФНЫ RESET М‡ Б‡‰МВИ ТЪУ УМВ Н ˚¯НЛ Н‡ТТВЪМУ„У УЪТВН‡ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП Б‡УТЪ ВММУ„У Ф В‰ПВЪ‡. (ЦТОЛ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪВ НМУФНЫ RESET, ‚ТВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ, ‚НО˛˜‡ﬂ ‰‡ЪЫ Л ‚ ВПﬂ, ‚УБ‚ ‡˘‡˛ЪТﬂ ‚ ЛТıУ‰МУВ ТУТЪУﬂМЛВ.) (ТЪ . 82)

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

ëÂÚÂ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡

è ËÁÌ‡Í

ã‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ VTR/CAMERA ËÎË CHARGE ÌÂ „Ó ËÚ.

ã‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ.

СВИТЪ‚Лﬂ ФУ ЛТФ ‡‚ОВМЛ˛

•

йЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ Ф У‚У‰. и Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ ˜В ВБ 1 ПЛМЫЪЫ ТМУ‚‡ ФУ‰ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ТВЪВ‚УИ Ф У‚У‰. (ТЪ . 7)

• ëÏÓÚ ËÚÂ ÒıÂÏÛ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 78

и У‚В Н‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪВИ

äÓ„‰‡ ÏË„‡ÂÚ Î‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ CHARGE

è Ó‚Â ¸ÚÂ ÔÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒıÂÏÂ.

лМЛПЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН Т ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡. б‡ЪВП ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ЪУЪ КВ Т‡П˚И

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ.

ÖÒÎË Î‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ CHARGE ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÓÔﬂÚ¸ ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ ‰ Û„ÓÈ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È

·ÎÓÍ.

ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ПЛ„‡ВЪ УФﬂЪ¸ аПВВЪТﬂ Ф У·ОВП‡ Ы ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ ‡ ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡.

й· ‡ЪЛЪВТ¸, ФУК‡ОЫИТЪ‡, Н З‡¯ВПЫ

·ОЛК‡И¯ВПЫ ‰ЛОВ Ы Sony ‚ Т‚ﬂБЛ Т ЛПВ˛˘ВИТﬂ Ф У·ОВПУИ.

ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ·УО¸¯В МВ ПЛ„‡ВЪ ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE Б‡„У ЛЪТﬂ Л ФУ„‡ТМВЪ ˜В ВБ МВНУЪУ УВ ‚ ВПﬂ, ЪУ Ф У·ОВП˚ ·УО¸¯В МВЪ.*

ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ·УО¸¯В МВ ПЛ„‡ВЪ ЦТОЛ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE Б‡„У ЛЪТﬂ Л ФУ„‡ТМВЪ ˜В ВБ МВНУЪУ УВ ‚ ВПﬂ, ЪУ Ф У·ОВП‡ ЛПВВЪТﬂ Ы ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ÎÓÍ‡, ÍÓÚÓ ˚È ·˚Î ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‰Ó ˝ÚÓ„Ó.

* ЦТОЛ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН, НУЪУ ˚И З˚ ЪУО¸НУ ˜ЪУ НЫФЛОЛ, ЛОЛ НУЪУ ˚И ·˚О УТЪ‡‚ОВМ М‡

‰ОЛЪВО¸МУВ ‚ ВПﬂ ·ВБ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ, ЪУ О‡ПФУ˜Н‡ CHARGE ПУКВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸ Ф Л ФВ ‚УИ Б‡ ﬂ‰НВ. щЪУ МВ ЫН‡Б˚‚‡ВЪ М‡ М‡ОЛ˜ЛВ Ф У·ОВП˚. лМУ‚‡ ФУ‚ЪУ ЛЪВ Б‡ ﬂ‰НЫ Т ЪВП КВ Т‡П˚П ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚П ·ОУНУП.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 79

English

Specifications

Video camera recorder

System

Video recording system

Two rotary heads, Helical scanning system

Audio recording system

Rotary heads, PCM system

Video signal

PAL colour, CCIR standards

Usable cassette

Mini DV cassette with logo printed

Tape speed

SP: Approx. 18.83 mm/s LP: Approx. 12.57 mm/s

Recording/playback time

SP mode: 1 hour (DVM60) LP mode: 1.5 hours (DVM60)

Fastforward/rewind time

Approx. 2 min. 30 s (DVM60) (using with battery pack) Approx. 1 min. 45 s (DVM60) (using with AC power adaptor)

Image device

CCD (Charge Coupled Device 1/3”)

Viewfinder

Electric viewfinder (colour)

Lens

Combined power zoom lens, 20x (Digital), 10x (Optical)

Focal distance

f = 4.0 to 40 mm 38 to 380 mm when converted into a 35 mm still camera) F 1.8 – 2.6 TTL autofocus system inner focus wide macro system

Colour temperature

Auto

Minimum illumination

3 lux at F 1.8

Illumination range

3 to 100,000 lux

Recommended illumination

More than 100 lux

LCD screen

Picture

2.5 inches measured diagonally

50.05 x 37.1 mm

On-screen display

TN LCD/TFT active matrix method

Total dot number

84,480 (384 x 220)

Input and output connectors

S video output

4-pin mini DIN Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, sync negative Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced

Audio/Video output/Headphones jack

Special minijack, 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, sync negative 327 mV, (at output impedance more than 47 kΩ) Output impedance with less than

2.2 kΩ/Stereo minijack (ø 3.5 mm)

DV output

4-pin special connector

Speaker

Piezo-electric-speaker

Connection

26-pin connector

General

Power requirements

7.2 V (battery insertion input)

8.4 V (26-pin connector)

Average power consumption

5.0 W during camera recording using viewfinder

6.0 W during camera recording using LCD screen

Operating temperature

0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)

Storage temperature

–20°C to 60°C (–4°F to 140°F)

Dimensions

Approx. 59 x 129 x 118 mm (w/h/d)

Mass

Approx. 500 g excluding the battery pack, lithium battery and cassette Approx. 620 g including the battery pack NP-F100, lithium battery and cassette DVM60

Microphone

Electret condenser microphone, Stereo type

Supplied accessories

See page 6.

AC power adaptor

Power requirements

100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption

25 W

Output voltage

DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.8 A in operating mode Battery charge terminal: 8.4 V, 1.4 A in charge mode

Application

Sony battery pack NP-F100, NPF200 lithium ion type

Operating temperature

0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)

Storage temperature

–20°C to 60°C (–4°F to 140°F)

Dimensions (Approx.)

57 x 44 x 107 mm (w/h/d)

Mass (Approx.)

190 g

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 80

кЫТТНЛИ

нВıМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ı‡ ‡НЪВ ЛТЪЛНЛ

ÇË‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ‡

лЛТЪВП‡

лЛТЪВП‡ ‚Л‰ВУБ‡ФЛТЛ С‚В ‚ ‡˘‡˛˘ЛВТﬂ „УОУ‚НЛ, ТЛТЪВП‡ М‡НОУММУИ ПВı‡МЛ˜ВТНУИ ‡Б‚В ЪНЛ лЛТЪВП‡ ‡Ы‰ЛУБ‡ФЛТЛ З ‡˘‡˛˘ЛВТﬂ „УОУ‚НЛ, ТЛТЪВП‡ аде ЗЛ‰ВУТЛ„М‡О с‚ВЪУ‚УИ ТЛ„М‡О PAL, ТЪ‡М‰‡ Ъ CCIR аТФУО¸БЫВП˚В Н‡ТТВЪ˚ д‡ТТВЪ˚ mini DV Т М‡ФВ˜‡Ъ‡ММ˚П ЩЛ ПВММ˚П БМ‡НУП лНУ УТЪ¸ ОВМЪ˚ кВКЛП SP: Ф Л·ОЛБ. 18,83 ПП/Т кВКЛП LP: Ф Л·ОЛБ. 12,57 ПП/Т З ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ/ ‚УТФ УЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ кВКЛП SP: 1 ˜‡Т (DVM 60) кВКЛП LP: 1,5 ˜‡Т‡ (DVM 60) З ВПﬂ ЫТНУ ВММУИ ФВ ВПУЪНЛ ‚ФВ В‰/М‡Б‡‰ и Л·ОЛБ. 2 ПЛМ. 30 Т (DVM 60) (Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У

·ОУН‡) и Л·ОЛБ 1 ПЛМ. 45 Т. (DVM 60) (Ф Л ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛЛ ТВЪВ‚У„У ‡‰‡ФЪВ‡) оУ ПЛ У‚‡ЪВО¸ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ CCD (и Л·У Т Б‡ ﬂ‰У‚УИ Т‚ﬂБ¸˛) ЗЛ‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ с‚ВЪМУИ ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНЛИ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВО¸ й·˙ВНЪЛ‚ дУП·ЛМЛ У‚‡ММ˚И У·˙ВНЪЛ‚ Т Ф Л‚У‰М˚П Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ УП, 20ı (ˆЛЩ У‚УИ), 10ı (УФЪЛ˜ВТНЛИ) оУНЫТМУВ ‡ТТЪУﬂМЛВ f = 4,0 – 40 ПП (38 – 380 ПП Ф Л Ф ВУ· ‡БУ‚‡МЛЛ ‚ 35 ПП ТЪУФ-Н‡‰ ) F = 1,8 – 2,6 тЛ УН‡ﬂ П‡Н УТЛТЪВП‡ ‚МЫЪ ВММВИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ Т ТЛТЪВПУИ ‡‚ЪУП‡ЪЛ˜ВТНУИ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ ˜В ВБ У·˙ВНЪЛ‚ с‚ВЪУ‚‡ﬂ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ Д‚ЪУ В„ЫОЛ У‚‡МЛВ еЛМЛП‡О¸М‡ﬂ УТ‚В˘ВММУТЪ¸ 3 ОН Ф Л F = 1,8 СЛ‡Ф‡БУМ УТ‚В˘ВММУТЪЛ йЪ 3 ОН ‰У 100 000 ОН кВНУПВМ‰ЫВП‡ﬂ УТ‚В˘ВММУТЪ¸ ЕУОВВ 100 ОН

ùÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ

аБУ· ‡КВМЛВ 2,5 ‰˛ИП‡ ФУ ‰Л‡„УМ‡ОЛ 50,05 × 37,1 ПП аМЩУ П‡ˆЛУММ˚И ˝Н ‡М ДНЪЛ‚МУ-П‡Ъ Л˜М‡ﬂ ЪВıМУОУ„Лﬂ TN LCD/TFT (ЬдС/ ЪУМНУФОВМУ˜М˚И Ъ ‡МБЛТЪУ ) й·˘ВВ ˜ЛТОУ ˝ВОВПВМЪУ‚ ЛБУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ 84 480 (384 × 220)

ÇıÓ‰Ì˚Â Ë ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚Â „ÌÂÁ‰‡

З˚ıУ‰ S-‚Л‰ВУТЛ„М‡О‡ 4-¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚УВ ПЛМЛ„МВБ‰У ФУ DIN лЛ„М‡О ﬂ НУТЪЛ: 1 З ФУ ‰‚УИМУИ ‡ПФОЛЪЫ‰В, 75 йП, МВТЛППВ Л˜М˚И, Т УЪ Лˆ‡ЪВО¸МУИ ТЛМı УМЛБ‡ˆЛВИ лЛ„М‡О ˆ‚ВЪМУТЪЛ: 0,3 З ФУ ‰‚УИМУИ ‡ПФОЛЪЫ‰В, 75 йП, МВТЛППВЪ Л˜М˚И З˚ıУ‰ ‡Ы‰ЛУ/‚Л‰ВУ/„УОУ‚М˚ı ЪВ ВЩУМУ‚ лФВˆЛ‡О¸МУВ ПЛМЛ„МВБ‰У, 1 З ФУ ‰‚УИМУИ ‡ПФОЛЪЫ‰В, 75 йП, МВТЛППВЪ Л˜МУВ, Т УЪ Лˆ‡ЪВО¸МУИ ТЛМı УМЛБ‡ˆЛВИ 327 ПЗ, (Ф Л ‚˚ıУ‰МУП ФУОМУП ТУФ УЪЛ‚ОВМЛЛ ·УОВВ 47 НйП) З˚ıУ‰МУВ ФУОМУВ ТУФ УЪЛ‚ОВМЛВ ПВМВВ 2,2 НйП/ ТЪВ ВУЩУМЛ˜ВТНУВ ПЛМЛ„МВБ‰У (ш 3,5 ПП) сЛЩ У‚УИ ‚Л‰ВУ‚˚ıУ‰ 4-¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚УВ ТФВˆЛ‡О¸МУВ „МВБ‰У Й УПНУ„У‚У ЛЪВО¸ и¸ВБУ˝ОВНЪ Л˜ВТНЛИ „ УПНУ„У‚У ЛЪВО¸ лУВ‰ЛМВМЛВ 26-¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸

é·˘ÂÂ

í Â·Ó‚‡ÌËﬂ Í ÔËÚ‡ÌË˛ 7,2 Ç (‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È

·ОУН) 8,4 З (26-¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸) л В‰Мﬂﬂ ФУЪ В·ОﬂВП‡ﬂ ПУ˘МУТЪ¸ 5,0 ЗЪ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОﬂ 6,0 ЗЪ ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ Б‡ФЛТЛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ Т ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛВП ˝Н ‡М‡ ЬдС к‡·У˜‡ﬂ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ йЪ 0°л ‰У 40°л (УЪ 32°F ‰У 104°F)

нВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ ı ‡МВМЛﬂ йЪ –20°л ‰У 60°л (УЪ –4°F ‰У 140°F) к‡БПВ ˚ и Л·ОЛБ. 59 × 129 × 118 ÏÏ (¯/‚/„) å‡ÒÒ‡ è Ë·ÎËÁ. 500 „, ÌÂ ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ﬂ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡, ОЛЪЛВ‚УИ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË Ë Í‡ÒÒÂÚ˚ è Ë·ÎËÁ. 620 „, ‚ÍÎ˛˜‡ﬂ

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН NP-F100, ОЛЪЛВ‚Ы˛ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЫ, Н‡ТТВЪЫ DVM 60 еЛН УЩУМ щОВНЪ Л˜ВТНЛИ НУМ‰ВМТ‡ЪУ М˚И ПЛН УЩУМ, ТЪВ ВУЩУМЛ˜ВТНУ„У ЪЛФ‡ и ЛО‡„‡ВП˚В Ф ЛМ‡‰ОВКМУТЪЛ лП. ТЪ . 6.

ëÂÚÂ‚ÓÈ ‡‰‡ÔÚÂ ÔÂ ÂÏ. ÚÓÍ‡

н В·У‚‡МЛﬂ Н ФЛЪ‡МЛ˛ 100 – 240 З ФВ ВП. ЪУН‡, 50/60 Йˆ иУЪ В·ОﬂВП‡ﬂ ПУ˘МУТЪ¸ 25 ЗЪ З˚ıУ‰МУВ М‡Ф ﬂКВМЛВ DC OUT: 8,4 З, 1,8 Д ‚ ‡·У˜ВП

ВКЛПВ

Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰ÍË ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó

·ОУН‡: 8,4 З, 1,4 Д ‚ ВКЛПВ Б‡ﬂ‰НЛ и ЛПВМВМЛВ Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚В ·ОУНЛ Sony NPF100/NP-F200, ОЛЪЛВ‚У-ЛУММУ„У ЪЛФ‡ к‡·У˜‡ﬂ ЪВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ йЪ 0°л ‰У 40°л (УЪ 32°F ‰У 104°F) нВПФВ ‡ЪЫ ‡ ı ‡МВМЛﬂ йЪ –20°л ‰У 60°л (УЪ –4°F ‰У 140°F) к‡БПВ ˚ (Ф Л·ОЛБ.) 57 × 44 × 107 ÏÏ (¯/‚/„) å‡ÒÒ‡ (Ô Ë·ÎËÁ.) 190 „

дУМТЪ ЫНˆЛﬂ Л ЪВıМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ı‡ ‡НЪВ ЛТЪЛНЛ ПУ„ЫЪ ·˚Ъ¸ ЛБПВМВМ˚ ·ВБ Ы‚В‰УПОВМЛﬂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 81

Identifying the parts йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ

1 Lens cap (p. 12)

2 LCD screen (p. 16)

3 START/STOP MODE swtich (p. 18, 33)

4 CHARGE lamp (p. 7, 26)

5 Battery terminal cover (p. 10)

Remove the cover to install the battery back.

6 AE LOCK button (p. 46)

7 FADER button (p. 34)

8 Built-in microphone

9 Accessory shoe (p. 18)

0 Eyecup (p. 20)

!¡ Viewfinder (p. 89)

!™ POWER switch (p. 12, 21)

!£ Tape transport buttons (p. 21)

p STOP (stop) 0 REW (rewind)

· PLAY (playback) ) FF (fastforward) P PAUSE (pause)

1 ä ˚¯Í‡ Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡ (ÒÚ . 12) 2 ùÍ ‡Ì ÜäÑ (ÒÚ . 16) 3 èÂ ÂÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ START/STOP MODE

(ÒÚ . 18, 33)

4 ã‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ CHARGE (ÒÚ . 7, 26)

д ˚¯Н‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚ı НУМЪ‡НЪУ‚ (ТЪ . 10) лМЛПЛЪВ Н ˚¯НЫ ‰Оﬂ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡.

6 дМУФН‡ AE LOCK (ТЪ . 46) 7 дМУФН‡ FADER (ТЪ . 34) 8 ÇÒÚ ÓÂÌÌ˚È ÏËÍ ÓÙÓÌ 9 З˚‚У‰ ‰Оﬂ ‚ТФУПУ„‡ЪВО¸МУ„У

Ó·Ó Û‰Ó‚‡ÌËﬂ (ÒÚ . 18)

0 éÍÛÎﬂ (ÒÚ . 20) !¡ ÇË‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎ¸ (ÒÚ . 89) !™ Ç˚ÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ POWER (ÒÚ . 12, 21) !£ дМУФНЛ ФВ ВПВ˘ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚ (ТЪ . 21)

p STOP (ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚) 0 REW (ФВ ВПУЪН‡ М‡Б‡‰)

· PLAY (‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ) ) FF (ФВВПУЪН‡ ‚ФВ В‰) P PAUSE (Ô‡ÛÁ‡)

!º

!¡

!™

!£

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 82

Identifying the parts йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ

!¢

!∞

!§

!¶

!¢ Cassette compartment (p. 11)

!∞ 6 EJECT button (p. 11)

!§ Cassette compartment lid (p. 11)

!¶ RESET button (p. 71)

!¢ д‡ТТВЪМ˚И УЪТВН (ТЪ . 11) !∞ дМУФН‡ 6 EJECT (ÒÚ. 11) !§ д ˚¯Н‡ Н‡ТТВЪМУ„У УЪТВН‡ (ТЪ . 11) !¶ дМУФН‡ RESET (ТЪ . 75)

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 83

!•

!ª

@º

@¡

@™

@£

@¢

@∞

@§

@¶

@•

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

@ª

#º

#¡

!• LCD BRIGHT button (p. 16, 21)

!ª VOLUME button (p. 21)

@º Speaker

@¡ DISPLAY botton (p. 21)

@™ 26-pin connector (p. 25)

@£ S VIDEO jack (p. 47, 53)

@¢ AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 (headphones) jack

(p. 22, 47, 53)

@∞ END SEARCH button (p. 24)

@§ MENU button (p. 28)

@¶ V/v buttons (p. 28)

@• START/STOP button (p. 12)

@ª EXECUTE button (p. 28)

#º BATT(battery) LOCK/RELEASE switch (p. 10)

#¡ Tripod receptacle (p. 20)

!• дМУФН‡ LCD BRIGHT (ТЪ . 16, 21) !ª дМУФН‡ VOLUME (ТЪ . 21) @º É ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚Ó ËÚÂÎ¸ @¡ дМУФН‡ DISPLAY (ТЪ . 21) @™ 26-¯Ъ˚ ¸НУ‚˚И ТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВО¸ ( . 25) @£ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó S VIDEO (ÒÚ . 47, 53) @¢ ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó AUDIO VIDEO OUT/2 („ÓÎÓ‚Ì˚ı

ЪВОВЩУМУ‚) (ТЪ . 22, 47, 53)

@∞ дМУФН‡ END SEARCH (ТЪ . 24) @§ дМУФН‡ MENU (ТЪ . 28) @¶ дМУФНЛ v/V (ÒÚ . 28) @• дМУФН‡ START/STOP (ТЪ . 12) @ª дМУФН‡ EXECUTE (ТЪ . 28) #º èÂ ÂÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ BATT (·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó

·ÎÓÍ‡) LOCK/RELEASE (ÒÚ . 10)

#¡ ÑÂ Ê‡ÚÂÎ¸ Ú ÂÌÓ„Ë (ÒÚ . 20)

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 84

Identifying the parts

йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ

#™

#£

#¢

#™ Viewfinder lens adjustment dial (p. 13)

#£ Zoom switch (p. 15)

#¢ Grip strap (p. 19)

#∞ FOCUS/(INFINITY) button (p. 43)

#§ Focus ring (p. 43)

#¶ Lens

#• Recording lamp (p. 12)

#ª Remote sensor

Aim the Remote Commander here for remote control.

$º DV OUT jack (p. 52)

#∞

#§

#¶

#•

#ª

$º

#™ ÑËÒÍ Â„ÛÎË Ó‚ÍË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚‡

‚Ë‰ÓËÒÍ‡ÚÂÎﬂ (ÒÚ . 13)

#£ иВ ВНО˛˜‡ЪВО¸ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ‡ (ÒÚ . 15) #¢ кВПВММУИ Б‡ı‚‡Ъ (ТЪ . 19) #∞ дМУФН‡ FOCUS/(INFINITY) (ТЪ . 43) #§ дУО¸ˆУ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚НЛ (ТЪ . 43) #¶ é·˙ÂÍÚË‚ #• ã‡ÏÔÓ˜Í‡ Á‡ÔËÒË (ÒÚ . 12) #ª ÑËÒÚ‡ÌˆËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ

з‡ˆВО¸ЪВ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ Т˛‰‡ ‰Оﬂ УТЫ˘ВТЪ‚ОВМЛﬂ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У НУМЪ УОﬂ.

$º ÉÌÂÁ‰Ó DV OUT (ÒÚ . 52)

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 85

Remote Commander

The buttons that have the same name on the Remote Commander as on the camcorder function identically.

иЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

дМУФНЛ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‚ОВМЛﬂ, НУЪУ ˚В ЛПВ˛Ъ У‰ЛМ‡НУ‚˚В М‡ЛПВМУ‚‡МЛﬂ Т НМУФН‡ПЛ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В, ЩЫМНˆЛУМЛ Ы˛Ъ Л‰ВМЪЛ˜МУ.

1 PHOTO button (p. 36)

2 DISPLAY button (p. 21)

3 SEARCH MODE button (p. 51)

4 =/+ buttons (p. 51)

5 Tape transport buttons (p. 21)

6 AUDIO DUB button (p.56)

7 DATA CODE button (p. 49)

8 Power zoom button (p. 15)

9 ZERO SET MEMORY button (p. 50)

!º Transmitter

Point toward the remote sensor to control the camcorder after turning on the camcorder.

!¡ VTR4/ID/VTR2 selector (p. 87)

Select VTR4 or ID, the same setting as COMMANDER in the menu system. Select VTR2 when using with 8mm camcorder.

!™START/STOP button (p. 12)

1 дМУФН‡ PHOTO (ТЪ . 36) 2 дМУФН‡ DISPLAY (ТЪ . 21) 3 дМУФН‡ SEARCH MODE (ТЪ . 51) 4 дМУФНЛ =/+ (ÒÚ. 51) 5 дМУФНЛ ФВ ВПВ˘ВМЛﬂ ОВМЪ˚ (ТЪ . 21) 6 дМУФН‡ AUDIO DUB (ТЪ . 56) 7 дМУФН‡ DATA CODE (ТЪ . 49) 8 дМУФН‡ Ф Л‚У‰МУ„У Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ‡

(ÒÚ . 15)

9 дМУФН‡ ZERO SET MEMORY (ТЪ . 50) 0 èÂ Â‰‡Ú˜ËÍ

з‡ˆВО¸ЪВ ‚ М‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛЛ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ‰‡Ъ˜ЛН‡ ‰Оﬂ ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ ФУТОВ ВВ ‚НО˛˜ВМЛﬂ.

!¡ лВОВНЪУ VTR4/ID/VTR2 (ТЪ . 87)

З˚·В ЛЪВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЫ VTR4 ЛОЛ ID У‰ЛМ‡НУ‚Ы˛ Т ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НУИ COMMANDER ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛. З˚·В ЛЪВ VTR2 ‚У ‚ ВПﬂ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ Т 8ПП ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ.

!™ дМУФН‡ START/STOP (ТЪ . 12)

!º

!¡

!™

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 86

Identifying the Parts йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ

To prepare the Remote Commander

To use the Remote Commander, you must insert two R6 (size AA) batteries. Use the supplied R6 (size AA) batteries. (1) Remove the battery cover from the Remote

Commander.

(2) Insert both of the R6 (size AA) batteries with

correct polarity.

(3) Put the battery cover back onto the Remote

Commander.

231

Note on battery life

The batteries for the Remote Commander last about 6 months under normal operation. When the batteries become weak or dead, the Remote Commander does not work.

To avoid damage from possible battery leakage

Remove the batteries when you will not use the Remote Commander for a long time.

To use the Remote Commander

Make sure that the COMMANDER is set to VTR4 or ID in the menu system on the camcorder.

СОﬂ ФУ‰„УЪУ‚НЛ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

СОﬂ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ З˚ ‰УОКМ˚ ‚ТЪ‡‚ЛЪ¸ ‰‚В

·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ R6 ( ‡БПВ УП ДД). аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚В ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ R6 ( ‡БПВ УП ДД). (1)лМЛПЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМЫ˛ Н ˚¯НЫ Т ФЫО¸Ъ‡

‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

(2)ÇÒÚ‡‚¸ÚÂ Ó·Â ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË R6 ( ‡ÁÏÂ ÓÏ ÄÄ)

Ò Ô ‡‚ËÎ¸ÌÓÈ ÔÓÎﬂ ÌÓÒÚ¸˛.

(3)é· ‡ÚÌÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÛ˛ Í ˚¯ÍÛ

М‡ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н Т УНЫ ТОЫК·˚ ·‡Ъ‡ ВВН Е‡Ъ‡ ВВН ‰Оﬂ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ı‚‡Ъ‡ВЪ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ М‡ 6 ПВТﬂˆВ‚ Ф Л МУ П‡О¸М˚ı ЫТОУ‚Лﬂı ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ. дУ„‰‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ ТЪ‡МЫЪ ТО‡·˚ПЛ ЛОЛ ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂ‰ﬂЪТﬂ, ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ МВ ·Ы‰ВЪ

‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.

ЗУ ЛБ·ВК‡МЛВ ФУ‚ ВК‰ВМЛﬂ ЛБ-Б‡ ‚УБПУКМУИ ЫЪВ˜НЛ ЛБ ·‡Ъ‡ ВВН. м‰‡ОЛЪВ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИНЛ, ВТОЛ З˚ МВ ·Ы‰ВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ ‰ОЛЪВО¸МУ„У ‚ ВПВМЛ.

СОﬂ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡МЛﬂ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

м·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ COMMANDER ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ VTR4 ЛОЛ ID ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ ˚.

COMMANDER

[MENU]:END

VTR4 OFF ID ID SET

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 87

About the ID of the Remote Commander

You can avoid misoperation from other remote commanders by setting the VTR4/ID/VTR2 selector to ID. Use the supplied Remote Commander when you set the selector to ID. When you use the Remote Commander for the first time, register the ID following the procedure below. Once you register the ID, you do not need to do again.

(1) Open the LCD panel. (2) Press MENU to display the menu on the LCD

screen.

(3) Press V or v to select COMMANDER, then

press EXECUTE.

(4) Press v to select ID SET. (5) Set the VTR4/ID/VTR2 selector on the

Remote Commander to ID.

(6) Point the Remote Commander at the

camcorder and press p STOP on the Remote Commander. After the beep sound, the ID of the Remote Commander is registered, and the COMMANDER is set to ID in the menu system.

(7) Press MENU to erase the menu display.

й· Л‰ВМЪЛЩЛН‡ˆЛЛ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

З˚ ПУКВЪВ ЛБ·ВК‡Ъ¸ МВФ ‡‚ЛО¸МУИ ‡·УЪ˚ ЛБ-Б‡ ТЛ„М‡ОУ‚ УЪ ‰ Ы„Лı ФЫО¸ЪУ‚ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ФЫЪВП ЫТЪ‡МУ‚НЛ ТВОВНЪУ ‡ VTR4/ID/VTR2 ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ ID. аТФУО¸БЫИЪВ Ф ЛО‡„‡ВП˚И ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ФУТОВ ЫТЪМУ‚НЛ ТВОВНЪУ ‡ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ ID. дУ„‰‡ З˚ ·Ы‰ВЪВ ЛТФУО¸БУ‚‡Ъ¸ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ ФВ ‚˚И

‡Б. Б‡ В„ЛТЪ Л ЫИЪВ ID Фo МЛКeТОВ‰Ы˛˘ВИ Ф УˆВ‰Ы В. иУТОВ В„ЛТЪ ‡ˆЛЛ ID З‡П МВ МЫКМУ ·Ы‰ВЪ ‰ВО‡Ъ¸ ˝ЪУ ТМУ‚‡.

(1)éÚÍ ÓÈÚÂ Ô‡ÌÂÎ¸ ÜäÑ. (2)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ УЪУ· ‡КВМЛﬂ ПВМ˛

Ì‡ ˝Í ‡ÌÂ ÜäÑ.

(3)з‡КПЛЪВ V ËÎË v ‰Îﬂ ‚˚·Ó ‡

COMMANDER, ‡ Б‡ЪВП М‡КПЛЪВ EXECUTE.

(4)з‡КПЛЪВ v ID SET. (5)мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ТВОВНЪУ VTR4/ID/VTR2 М‡

ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ ID.

(6)

з‡Ф ‡‚¸ЪВ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ Ы Л М‡КПЛЪВ p STOP М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ. иУТОВ БЫППВ МУ„У Б‚ЫНУ‚У„У ТЛМ‡О‡ ID (Л‰ВМЪЛЩЛН‡ˆЛﬂ) ФyО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ·Ы‰ВЪ Б‡ В„ЛТЪ Л У‚‡М‡, Л COMMANDER ЫТЪ‡М‡‚ОЛ‚‡ВЪТﬂ М‡ ID ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛.

(7)з‡КПЛЪВ MENU ‰Оﬂ ТЪЛ‡МЛﬂ

ÓÚÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ÏÂÌ˛.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

STOP

When the BEEP is set to OFF in the menu system

The beep does not sound at step 6.

VTR 2VTR 4

3, 4

EXECUTE

дУ„‰‡ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ BEEP ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ OFF ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛ бЫППВ М˚И ТЛ„М‡О ‚ ФЫМНЪВ 6 Б‚Ы˜‡Ъ¸ МВ

·Û‰ÂÚ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 88

Identifying the parts

йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ

Remote control direction

Aim the Remote Commander to the remote sensor. The operative range of the Remote Commander is about 5 m (16.4 feet) indoors. Depending on the angle, Remote Commander may not activate the camcorder.

Notes on the Remote Commander

•Keep the remote sensor away from strong light sources such as direct sunlight or illumination. Otherwise, the remote control may not be effective.

•Be sure that there is no obstacle between the remote sensor on the camcorder and the Remote Commander.

•This camcorder works at commander mode VTR4 or ID. The commander modes (VTR4 or ID) are used to distinguish this camcorder from other Sony VCRs to avoid remote control misoperation. If you use another Sony VCR at commander mode ID, we recommend you change the commander mode or cover the remote sensor of the VCR with black paper.

•You do not need to register the ID again once you have done so. Set the COMMANDER to ID in the menu system, and set the VTR4/ID/ VTR2 selector ID on the Remote Commander to ID.

•The registered ID is not erased even if the builtin rechageable vanadium-lithium battery gets discharged.

з‡Ф ‡‚ОВМЛВ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

з‡ˆВО¸ЪВ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ М‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММ˚И ‰‡Ъ˜ЛН. к‡·У˜ЛИ ‰Л‡Ф‡БУМ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ТУТЪ‡‚ОﬂВЪ Ф Л·ОЛБЛЪВО¸МУ 5 П ‚ ФУПВ˘ВМЛЛ. З Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ Ы„О‡ ФЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ПУКВЪ МВ ЫФ ‡‚ОﬂЪ¸ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ УИ.

и ЛПВ˜‡МЛВ Н ФЫО¸ЪЫ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ

• п ‡МЛЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММ˚И ‰‡Ъ˜ЛН ФУ‰‡О¸¯В УЪ ТЛО¸М˚ı ЛТЪУ˜МЛНУ‚ Т‚ВЪ‡, Н‡Н М‡Ф ЛПВ , Ф ﬂП˚В ТУОМВ˜М˚В ОЫ˜Л ЛОЛ ЛОО˛ПЛМ‡ˆЛﬂ. З Ф УЪЛ‚МУП ТОЫ˜‡В ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУВ ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛВ ПУКВЪ ·˚Ъ¸ МВ˝ЩЩВНЪЛ‚МУ.

• м·В‰ЛЪВТ¸, ˜ЪУ ПВК‰Ы ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММ˚П ‰‡Ъ˜ЛНУП М‡ ‚Л‰ВУН‡ПВ В Л ФЫО¸ЪУП ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ МВЪ ФВФﬂЪТЪ‚Лﬂ.

• ЗЛ‰ВУН‡ПВ ‡ ‡·УЪ‡ВЪ ‚ ВКЛПВ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ VTR4 ЛОЛ ID. кВКЛП˚ ФЫО¸Ъ‡ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ (VTR4 ЛОЛ ID) ЛТФУО¸БЫ˛ЪТﬂ ‰Оﬂ УФУБМ‡‚‡МЛﬂ ‰‡ММУ„У ФЫО¸Ъ‡ УЪ ‰ Ы„Лı дЗе Sony ‚У ЛБ·ВК‡МЛВ МВФ ‡‚ЛО¸МУИ

‡·УЪ˚ Ф Л ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУП ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛЛ.

ЦТОЛ З˚ ЛТФУО¸БЫВЪВ ‰ Ы„УИ дЗе Sony ‚

ВКЛПВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ID, П˚

ВНУПВМ‰ЫВП, ˜ЪУ·˚ З˚ ЛБПВМЛОЛ ВКЛП ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ЛОЛ Б‡Н ˚ОЛ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММ˚И ‰‡Ъ˜ЛН дЗе ˜В МУИ

·ÛÏ‡„ÓÈ.

• З‡П МВ Ъ В·ЫВЪТﬂ В„ЛТЪ Л У‚‡Ъ¸ ID cМУ‚‡ ФУТОВ ЪУ„У, Н‡Н З˚ Т‰ВО‡ВЪВ ˝ЪУ У‰ЛМ ‡Б. мТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ COMMANDER М‡ ID ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛ Л ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ЛЪВ ТВОВНЪУ VTR4/ID/VTR2 М‡ ФЫО¸ЪВ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У ЫФ ‡‚ОВМЛﬂ ‚ ФУОУКВМЛВ ID.

• б‡ В„ЛТЪ Л У‚‡ММ‡ﬂ Л‰ВМЪЛЩЛН‡ˆЛﬂ ID МВ ТЪЛ ‡ВЪТﬂ, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ ‚ТЪУВММ‡ﬂ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚‡ﬂ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИН‡ ‡Б ﬂ‰ЛЪТﬂ.

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 89

Operation indicators

ê‡·Ó˜ËÂ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ˚

AE LOCK 16 : 9 WIDE FADER

VOL

!º

1 Manual focus/Infinity indicator (p. 43)

2 PROGRAM AE indicator (p. 40)

3 White balance indicator (p. 44)

4 SteadyShot indicator (p. 38)

5 AE LOCK indicator (p. 46)

6 16:9 WIDE indicator (p. 35)

7 FADER indicator (p. 34)

8 Zoom indicator (p. 15)

9 BRT (bright) indicator (p. 16)/VOL (volume)

indicator (p. 21)

0 Warning indicator (p. 91)

!¡ Mirror mode indicator (p. 32)

!¡

!™

!£

!¢

STBY

0:13:46:05

50min

16BIT

PHOTO

!∞

!§

!¶

20min

1 аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ЫМУИ ЩУНЫТ У‚НЛ/

·ВТНУМВ˜МУТЪЛ (ТЪ . 43)

2 àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ PROGRAM AE (ÒÚ . 40) 3 àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ·‡Î‡ÌÒ‡ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó (ÒÚ . 44) 4 аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ЫТЪУИ˜Л‚УИ Т˙ВПНЛ (ТЪ . 38) 5 àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ AE LOCK (ÒÚ . 46) 6 àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ 16:9 WIDE (ÒÚ . 35) 7 àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ FADER (ÒÚ . 34) 8 аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ˆЛЛ (ТЪ . 15) 9 аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ BRT (ﬂ НУТЪЛ) (ТЪ . 16) /

аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ VOL („ УПНУТЪЛ) (ТЪ . 21)

0 è Â‰ÛÔ ÂÊ‰‡˛˘ËÈ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ (ÒÚ . 91) !¡ àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÁÂ Í‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡

(ÒÚ . 32)

!•

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

Continued to the next page è Ó‰ÓÎÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Ì‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ ‡ÌËˆÂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 90

Identifying the parts йФУБМ‡‚‡МЛВ ˜‡ТЪВИ

!™ Recording mode indicator (p. 14)

!£ Recording standby mode indicator (p. 12)/

Tape transport mode indicator

!¢ Time code indicator (p. 14)

!∞ Remaining tape indicator (p. 14)

!§ Audio mode indicator (p. 60)

!¶ Photo recording indicator (p. 36)/Electronic

flash indicator

!• Remaining battery indicator (p. 63)/

Remaining time in minutes indicator

!™ àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÂÊËÏ‡ Á‡ÔËÒË (ÒÚ . 14) !£ аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ВКЛП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ (ТЪ . 12) /

ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÂÊËÏ‡ ÔÂ ÂÏÂ˘ÂÌËﬂ ÎÂÌÚ˚

!¢ аМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ‚ ВПВММУ„У НУ‰‡ (ТЪ . 14) !∞ àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒﬂ ÎÂÌÚ˚ (ÒÚ . 14) !§ àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÂÊËÏ‡ (ÒÚ . 60) !¶ àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ Á‡ÔËÒË ÙÓÚÓ„ ‡ÙËÈ (ÒÚ . 36) /

ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˝ОВНЪ УММУИ ‚ТФ˚¯НЛ

!• àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰‡

·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ (ТЪ . 63) /ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ УТЪ‡‚¯В„УТﬂ ‚ ВПВМЛ ‚ ПЛМЫЪ‡ı

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 91

Warning indicators

0min

è Â‰ÛÔÂÊ‰‡˛˘ËÂ ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ˚

If indicators flash on the LCD screen or in the viewfinder or warning messages appear on the display window , check the following:

: you can hear the beep sound when BEEP is

set to ON in the menu system.

ЦТОЛ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ ˚ ПЛ„‡˛Ъ М‡ ˝Н ‡МВ ЬдС ЛОЛ ‚ ‚Л‰УЛТН‡ЪВОВ ЛОЛ Ф В‰ЫФ ВК‰‡˛˘ЛВ ТУУ·˘ВМЛﬂ ФУﬂ‚Оﬂ˛ЪТﬂ ‚ УНУ¯НВ ‰ЛТФОВﬂ, ЪУ Ф У‚В ¸ЪВ ТОВ‰Ы˛˘ВВ:

:З˚ ПУКВЪВ ТО˚¯‡Ъ¸ БЫППВ М˚И

Б‚ЫНУ‚УИ ТЛ„М‡О, НУ„‰‡ ЩЫМНˆЛﬂ BEEP ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ‡ М‡ ON ‚ ТЛТЪВПВ ПВМ˛.

213

5min

456

789

1 The battery is weak or dead.

Slow flashing: The battery is weak. Fast flashing: The battery is dead. Depending on conditions, the i indicator may flash, even if there are 5 to 10 minutes remaining.

2 The tape is near the end.

The flashing is slow.

3 The tape has run out.

The flashing becomes rapid.

4 No tape has been inserted. 5 The tab on the tape is out (red). 6 Moisture condensation has occurred. (p. 66) 7 The video heads may be contaminated.

(p. 67)

8 The clock is not set.

If the clock is not set when you press START/ STOP button in the CAMERA mode, the message appears for 5 seconds.

9 Some other trouble has occurred.

Disconnect the power source and contact your Sony dealer or local authorized facility.

1 Å‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌ˚È ·ÎÓÍ ÒÎ‡·˚È ËÎË

ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂКВММ˚И. еВ‰ОВММУВ ПЛ„‡МЛВ: Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ТО‡·˚И. Е˚ТЪ УВ ПЛ„‡МЛВ: Е‡Ъ‡ ВИМ˚И ·ОУН ФУОМУТЪ¸˛ ‡Б ﬂКВММ˚И. З Б‡‚ЛТЛПУТЪЛ УЪ ЫТОУ‚ЛИ ЛМ‰ЛН‡ЪУ i ПУКВЪ ПЛ„‡Ъ¸, ‰‡КВ ВТОЛ В˘В УТЪ‡ОУТ¸ 5 ЛОЛ 10 ПЛМЫЪ.

2 ãÂÌÚ‡ Ô Ë·ÎËÊ‡ÂÚÒﬂ Í ÍÓÌˆÛ.

еВ‰ОВММУВ ПЛ„‡МЛВ.

3 ãÂÌÚ‡ Á‡ÍÓÌ˜ËÎ‡Ò¸.

åË„‡ÌËÂ ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒﬂ ·˚ÒÚ ˚Ï.

4 ãÂÌÚ‡ ÌÂ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ‡. 5

з‡ Н‡ТТВЪВ МВЪ ОВФВТЪН‡ (Н ‡ТМ‡ﬂ ПВЪН‡).

6 è ÓËÁÓ¯Î‡ ÍÓÌ‰ÂÌÒ‡ˆËﬂ ‚Î‡„Ë. (ÒÚ . 66) 7 ЗЛ‰ВУ„УОУ‚НЛ ‚УБПУКМУ Б‡„ ﬂБМВМ˚.

(ÒÚ . 67)

8 ó‡Ò˚ ÌÂ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ˚.

ЦТОЛ ˜‡Т˚ МВ ЫТЪ‡МУ‚ОВМ˚, НУ„‰‡ З˚ М‡КЛП‡ВЪВ НМУФНЫ START/STOP ‚ ВКЛПВ CAMERA, ТУУ·˘ВМЛВ ‚˚Т‚В˜Л‚‡ВЪТﬂ ‚ ЪВ˜ВМЛВ 5 ТВНЫМ‰.

9 аПВВЪТﬂ Н‡Н‡ﬂ-ОЛ·У ‰ Ы„‡ﬂ Ф У·ОВП‡.

йЪТУВ‰ЛМЛЪВ ЛТЪУ˜МЛН ФЛЪ‡МЛﬂ Л Т‚ﬂКЛЪВТ¸ Т З‡¯ЛП ‰ЛОВ УП Sony ЛОЛ ПВТЪМ˚П ЫФУОМУПУ˜ВММ˚П Ф В‰Ф ЛﬂЪЛВП.

Additional information / СУФУОМЛЪВО¸М‡ﬂ ЛМЩУ П‡ˆЛﬂ

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12 (E,R)

Page 92

Index

A, B

AE LOCK ................................... 46

Audio dubbing .......................... 55

Audio mode ............................... 60

BATT(LOCK/RELEASE) ......... 10

BEEP ......................................14, 29

Camera recording ..................... 12

Car battery ................................. 27

Charging battery pack ................ 7

Charging vanadium-lithium

battery ...................................... 57

Cleaning video heads ............... 67

Clock set ..................................... 58

Colour TV system ................. 4, 70

Connection ........................... 47, 52

COPY INHIBIT .......................... 60

D, E

Data Code .................................. 49

DISPLAY .................................... 21

Digital zoom .............................. 16

DV connecting cable ................. 52

DV format .................................. 47

DV OUT ...................................... 52

Editing ........................................ 52

EJECT ...........................................11

END SEARCH ........................... 24

Exposure ..................................... 46

ÄÎÙ‡‚ËÌÚ˚È ÛÍ‡Á‡ÚÂÎ¸

Ä, Å, Ç

Ä‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎ¸Ì˚È

‡ННЫПЫОﬂЪУ ........................27

Å‡Î‡ÌÒ ·ÂÎÓ„Ó ....................... 44

Ç‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ/‚˚‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ

ËÁÓ· ‡ÊÂÌËﬂ ....................... 34

ÇÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËÂ Ì‡

ÚÂÎÂ‚ËÁÓÂ .......................... 47

З ВПВММУИ НУ‰ ......................14

É, Ñ, Ö, Ü, á

á‡ÔËÒ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚. .................... 12

б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ·‡Ъ‡ ВИМУ„У ·ОУН‡ .. 7 б‡ ﬂ‰Н‡ ‚‡М‡‰ЛВ‚У-ОЛЪЛВ‚УИ

·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÍË ............................57

á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ....................60

áÂ Í‡Î¸Ì˚È ÂÊËÏ ............. 32

à, ä, ã, å

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒﬂ Á‡-

ﬂ‰‡ ·‡Ú‡ ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ·ÎÓÍ‡ ... 63

àÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÈÒﬂ

ÎÂÌÚ˚. ................................. 14

àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ÔËÚ‡ÌËﬂ .............. 25

äÓ‰ ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı.. ......................... 49

äÓÌ‰ÂÌÒ‡ˆËﬂ ‚Î‡„Ë .............. 66

åÓÌÚ‡Ê ................................... 52

ç, é

ç‡ÂÁ‰ ‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡ÏÂ ˚. ........... 15

çÓ Ï‡Î¸Ì‡ﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ ............. 7

é˜ËÒÚÍ‡ ‚Ë‰ÂÓ„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ ........ 67

Sony Corporation Printed in Japan

F, G, H

Fade-in/fade-out ....................... 34

FADER ........................................ 34

FOCUS ........................................ 43

Full charge ................................... 7

I, J, K, L

ID .................................................. 87

InfoLITHIUM ............................ 64

LCD BRIGHT ............................. 16

LP mode ..................................... 14

M, N

Manual focus ............................. 42

Menu system ............................. 28

Mirror mode .............................. 32

Moisture condensation ............. 66

Normal charge ............................. 7

O, P, Q

PHOTO ....................................... 36

Playback on a TV ....................... 47

Playback pause .......................... 22

Power sources ............................ 25

Power zoom ............................... 15

PROGRAM AE .......................... 40

è, ê

è‡ÛÁ‡ ‚ÓÒÔ ÓËÁ‚Â‰ÂÌËﬂ. ..... 22

èÂ ÂÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó

ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓÊ‰ÂÌËﬂ ...................55

èÂ ÂÍÎ˛˜‡ÚÂÎ¸ START/STOP

MODE ................................... 18

иУЛТН ПВЪУ‰УП Ф У„УМ‡ ....... 22

èÓÎÌ‡ﬂ Á‡ ﬂ‰Í‡ .......................7

è Â‰ÛÔ ÂÊ‰‡˛˘ËÂ

ËÌ‰ËÍ‡ÚÓ ˚ ........................91

и Л‚У‰МУИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ ... 15 и У‚В Н‡ МВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪВИ .. 75 иЫО¸Ъ ‰ЛТЪ‡МˆЛУММУ„У

ÛÔ ‡‚ÎÂÌËﬂ ..........................85

кВКЛП „УЪУ‚МУТЪЛ ................ 12

кВКЛП ТЪ‡М‰‡ ЪМУ„У

‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ............... 14

кВКЛП y‰ОЛМВММУ„У

‚УТФУЛБ‚В‰ВМЛﬂ ............... 14

кЫ˜М‡ﬂ ЩУНЫТЛ У‚Н‡ ............ 42

лЛТЪВП‡ ПВМ˛.......................28

лЛТЪВП‡ ˆ‚ВЪМУ„У

ÚÂÎÂ‚Ë‰ÂÌËﬂ ................... 4, 70

лУВ‰ЛМВМЛВ .....................47, 52

Coe‰ЛМЛЪВО¸М˚И ˆЛЩ У‚УИ

‚Ë‰ÂÓÍ‡·ÂÎ¸. ......................52

í, ì

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡ Ì‡ Ú ÂÌÓ„Â .......... 20

ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í‡ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ ....................58

мТЪУИ˜Л‚‡ﬂ Т˙ВПН‡ ............. 38

Remaining battery indicator .... 63

Remaining tape indicator ......... 14

Remote Commander ................. 85

Skip scan ..................................... 22

SP mode ...................................... 14

Standby mode ............................ 12

START/STOP MODE switch .. 18

SteadyShot ................................. 38

T, U, V

Time code ................................... 14

Tripod mounting ....................... 20

Trouble check ............................ 71

VOLUME ................................... 21

W, X, Y, Z

Warning indicators ................... 91

White balance ............................ 44

Wide TV mode .......................... 35

ZERO SET MEMORY ............... 50

Zoom ............................................15

î – ü

îÓ Ï‡Ú DV ............................. 47

сЛЩ У‚УИ Ъ ‡МТЩУН‡ЪУ .... 16

тЛ УНУЩУ П‡ЪМ˚И

ЪВОВ‚ЛБЛУММ˚И ВКЛП ..... 35

ùÍcÔoÁËˆËﬂ ............................46

A, B, C, D

AE LOCK.................................46

BATT (LOCK/RELEASE) ....... 10

BEEP.................................14, 29

COPY INHIBIT ........................ 60

DISPLAY .................................21

DV OUT...................................52

E, F, G, H

EJECT ..................................... 11

END SEARCH.........................24

FADER ....................................34

FOCUS....................................43

I, J, K, L

ID ............................................ 87

InfoLITHIUM ............................64

LCD BRIGHT .......................... 16

M, N, O, P

PHOTO ................................... 36

PROGRAM AE ........................ 40

Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z

VOLUME .................................21

ZERO SET MEMORY ............ 50

DCR-PC7E.3-858-174-12(E,R)

Sony DCR-PC7E User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual